Xerox SmartSend User guide

Add to My manuals
207 Pages

advertisement

Xerox SmartSend User guide | Manualzz

July 2009

Xerox

®

SMARTsend

®

Release 3

Installation and Administration

Guide

©2001-2009 Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved. Xerox and the sphere of connectivity design, CentreWare®, Document Centre®,

WorkCentre® Pro, DocuShare®, FlowPort ®, PaperWare, and SMARTsend are trademarks of or licensed to, are trademarks of Xerox

Corporation in the United States and/orother counties.

DataGlyph ® is a trademark of Palo Alto Research Center, Inc. Adobe and Acrobat are registered trademarks of Adobe Systems,

Incorporated. IBM, Lotus, Domino, and Domino.Doc are registered trademarks of IBM Corporation. NetWare is a registered trademark of Novell, Inc. Flash is a trademark of Macromedia, Inc. Microsoft, Microsoft Windows, Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel,

Microsoft PowerPoint, Microsoft Internet Explorer, Microsoft Office, Exchange 2000, SharePoint, and Internet Information Services

(IIS) are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. Netscape Navigator is a registered trademark of Netscape

Communications Corporation. WordPerfect is a registered trademark of Corel Corporation. WorkSite is a trademark of Interwoven,

Inc. Hummingbird DM is a trademark of Hummingbird, Ltd. Documentum is a registered trademark of EMC Corporation. LiveLink is a registered trademark of Open Text Corporation. FileNet® is a registered trademark of FileNet Corporation, in the United States, other countries, or both. Xerox PDF Reader Powered by Foxit Software Company http://www.foxitsoftware.com. "Aspose" is a trademark of Aspose Pty Ltd.

Document Version: July, 2009

Contents

1 Welcome to SMARTsend

What is Included in This Release? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

What is New in This Release? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11

SMARTsend Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

SMARTsend Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

SMARTsend Installation and Administration Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

SMARTsend User Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Quick Reference Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Readme.txt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Customer Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Telephone Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

Internet Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

2 Prepare for Installation

Advance Planning Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

Scanning Device and Application Migration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

Network Configuration and Logistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

SMARTsend Configuration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

SMARTsend Computer Configuration Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

Verifying the SMARTsend Computer DNS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Enable File and Printer Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Install and Configure IIS / FTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

Enable ASP.NET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

Obtain and Install a Security Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Additional Requirements for Destinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Client and Browser Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Modifying Proxy Server Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

User Authentication Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38

Language Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Scanning Device Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Xerox Multifunction Device Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Internet Fax and E-mail Enabled Device Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

Prepare Information for Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Next Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

3 Install SMARTsend

Installer Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

3

Contents

Upgrade SMARTsend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Upgrade Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51

Install SMARTsend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

Installing and Configuring Optional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Configuration Requirements for Optional Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

Installation Instructions for Optional Components

(Standard or Professional Edition feature) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60

Migrate SMARTsend to a Replacement Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

Repair a SMARTsend Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Uninstall SMARTsend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64

4 Site Configuration

Accessing SMARTsend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

Administration Home Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67

Site Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Status Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68

Review Security Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

General Site Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Device Scan Template Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69

Add/Update Xerox Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Manage Xerox Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71

Adding and Discovering Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

Using the Xerox Multifunction Device List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

Device Configuration and Status Icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74

Configuring a Device for use with SMARTsend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Deleting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

Manage Device Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Configure Discovery Settings - Subnets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Configure Discovery Settings - SNMP Credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

Edit Device Configuration Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80

Edit Xerox Device Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83

Configure PaperWare Internet Fax Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

Setup E-mail and Address Book. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

SMTP Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

LDAP Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88

Publish the My E-mail Workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90

Schedule a Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Configure Service Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Configure Service Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Configuring a Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95

Service Setting Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Additional Service Configuration Requirements and Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

Manage Application Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Changing the Application Account Password . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

General Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

4 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Contents

Update Administrator Contact Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Choose Error Handling Scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Review Publication / Workflow Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

Document Type Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Configure PaperWare Form Forwarding Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Next Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106

Appendix A - Job Log Export Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107

Appendix B - External Application Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108

5 Site Management

Site Management Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Manage Workflows and Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Sorting and Viewing Workflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Search For a Publication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Workflow/Publication Management Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Managing Xerox Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

View Xerox Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Manage Device Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Configure Discovery Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Device Configuration Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

Backup Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119

6 Scan to Home

Scan to Home Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Managing Scan to Home Templates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

Installing the SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123

Uninstalling the SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .124

Getting Started with Scan to Home. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Advance Planning Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Adding Scan to Home Users From a Windows NT Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125

Adding Scan to Home Users from a Microsoft Active Directory Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Adding Scan to Home Users From an LDAP Directory Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126

Adding Scan to Home Users From the Local Computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127

Scan to Home Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Accessing the Scan to Home Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Obtaining a List of Available Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Choosing a Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Enter Source Information Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

Active Directory or LDAP Mappings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130

Showing Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Adding Users and Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Status Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Progress Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

User Menu Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Tools Menu Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137

File Menu Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

5

Contents

Exit Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

Editing User Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139

SMARTsend Scan to Home Application Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Importing Users into the SMARTsend Scan to Home User Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140

Managing the SMARTSend Scan to Home Users Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

Managing Master Filing Credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142

Using Scan to Home Auto Lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143

End User Steps for Scan to Home . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Supplemental Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Publishing Scan to Home Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Publish Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149

Adding Scan to Home Publications to Additional Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Viewing Scan to Home Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150

Deleting Scan to Home Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

About Scan to Home Template Publishing Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151

7 Problem Solving

Troubleshooting a Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156

SMARTsend Confirmations and Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157

Common Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Server Unavailable Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

403 "Forbidden" Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

SMARTsend does not recognize IIS FTP service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158

Login Failure Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

SMARTsend Inaccessibility within an Intranet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Non-Microsoft Browser Access Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Missing Icons on Document Destinations Page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Page Could Not be Displayed Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159

Pop-up Blocker Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Device Communication and Configuration Issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160

Template Refresh Failure at Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162

SharePoint Portal Server 2001 Compatibility with Windows Server 2003 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168

8 SMARTsend Utilities

Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .174

Template Importer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

File Format and Language Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175

Exceptions List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Importing CentreWare Templates to SMARTsend Workflows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180

Reconfiguring Devices for CentreWare Network Scanning Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182

Restore Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

Conditions for using the Restore Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

Using the Restore Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184

Repair All Devices Tool. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

Using the Repair All Devices Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .186

6 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Contents

Exporting Job History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187

9 SMARTsend Security

Index

Security Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190

HTTPS/SSL Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Secure Password Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Secure Web Site Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191

Site Security Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

General Site Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193

Device Scan Template Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

PaperWare Forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194

Workflow Access Level Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196

Security Policy Interactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197

Scenarios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .198

SMARTsend Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

Accessing SMARTsend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

SMARTsend Application Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

Setting the Password for the Application Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .200

SMARTsend Device Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201

Credentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .202

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

7

Contents

8 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Welcome to SMARTsend

1

This chapter describes the features and functions of the Xerox SMARTsend software and the support services available through both application documentation and Xerox customer support services.

What is in this chapter:

What is Included in This Release? on page 10

What is New in This Release? on page 11

SMARTsend Overview on page 12

SMARTsend Documentation on page 13

Customer Support on page 15

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

9

Welcome to SMARTsend

What is Included in This Release?

SMARTsend is available in Standard and Professional Editions.

Features common to all versions

• Workflow creation features that define the conversion and transmission of paper-based documents from Xerox Multifunction Devices to the following destinations:

• DocuShare server

• E-Mail address

• FTP location

• Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2003/2007

• Network Folder

• Remote Printer

• External Application Connection

• Workflow publication and management features

• Backup and Restore Tools—to save SMARTsend workflows, credentials, user preferences, device configurations, and general settings.

• Repair All Devices

• Template Importer—to import CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates into

SMARTsend.

• Job History Exporter—to create a job history text file for analysis and reporting.

Standard and Professional Edition features

In addition to the destinations common to all versions, support the conversion and transmission of paper-based documents to the following destinations:

• URL location

• Netware Folder

• Microsoft Exchange 2000 Web Folder

• Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2001

• Domino

• Domino.Doc

Optional components for Standard or Professional versions

• Documentum version 5.2 destination support

• Hummingbird version 5.1.0.5 destination support

• Interwoven WorkSite version 8 destination support

• LiveLink version 9.5.0 destination support

• TRIM Context Server 6.0 destination support

10 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Welcome to SMARTsend

What is New in This Release?

• SMARTsend can now be installed on and accessed through Windows Vista computers.

• The SMARTsend installation wizard has been revised to include a new Language selection screen, a Serial Number and Serial Number confirmation screen, customer settings, and a progress bar at the bottom of each window.

• At the end of the configuration process during installation, the administrator has the option to select the Upon Finish, Launch the Restore Tool checkbox to import a backup database set as part of an upgrade.

• Administrators can preinstall either the SQL Server 2005 or SQL Server 2005 Express application or they now have the option to install SQL Server 2005 Express through the configuration portion of the SMARTsend installation.

• When upgrading, the user has the option to upgrade from V1x or V2x to 3x, or from 3x to 3x.

• From the Start menu, the user can view and select documentation that is available from all installed languages.

• SMARTsend now accepts and supports output file formats Linearized PDF, Secure (encrypted) PDF, and XPS. The user can now encrypt a PDF file before distributing it with the workflow.

• A Repair All Devices tool has been added to the Start menu to reconfigure device settings or recreate templates.

• For quicker results and ease-of-use, the Workflow Explorer window has been redesigned, including such windows as the User Publications List, Admin Workflows, Publications List and Manage

Credentials.

• Administrators, and not just the originator of a workflow, can edit a workflow.

• A link to the device web user interface can be viewed from the Xerox Manage Devices area of the

Administration window.

• In the Scan to Home Setup area, the system now remembers the last publish option selected during the current session.

• In the Scan to Home Setup area, the publish option templates can be shared and the administrator can now choose suffixes to attach to documents.

• The Advanced Settings page has been added to the Administration window for users to easily change the proxy server settings if needed.

• To help the user find and select a device when publishing a workflow to a multi-function device, more specific information about the device has been added and the ability to search (filter) the list of devices.

• Support of TRIM optional component destination has been added to this release.

• New printer devices are now supported such as WorkCentre 7655/7665/7675,

5632/5638/5645/5655/5675/5687, 7328/7335/7345 and the WorkCentre 4150s/4150x/4150xf.

• Users can create workflows with macros in the filename Document Management field on the multifunction device user interface.

• Xerox TrueMatch (optional), which allowed users to create search workflows that located documents on the network, is not supported in this release.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

11

Welcome to SMARTsend

SMARTsend Overview

SMARTsend combines and enhances many of the powerful features of two Xerox products—FlowPort™ and CentreWare™ Network Scanning Services—to deliver one integrated software application. Built on the Microsoft .NET platform, SMARTsend software works with new and legacy Xerox advanced multifunction systems, as well as many types of Internet Fax devices from Xerox and other manufacturers.

Using SMARTsend, paper documents can be scanned in full color and converted into a variety of industry standard digital formats, including PDF, XPS, JFIF/JPEG, TIFF, and Multi-Page TIFF formats.

SMARTsend can also convert scanned documents into editable files such as Excel, Word, PowerPoint or searchable PDF. The resulting files can then be edited, manipulated, saved and shared. The system will also allow a PDF to be encrypted before being distributed. SMARTsend also allows the user to add descriptive information (also known as metadata) that will accompany the scanned documents. These versatile features make it simple to categorize, search and retrieve scanned documents.

Web-based application

SMARTsend is a web-based application that requires no additional client software. Users can easily create workflows that define the type of scanned document, the distribution locations and processes, and the methods and devices that can be used to submit SMARTsend scan jobs. The workflow is then published to make it available to users as device scan templates, or as PaperWare cover sheets

(Professional Edition). These publications make it simple for anyone to scan a document and distribute the resulting electronic file(s) to a wide variety of destinations, including e-mail addresses, network folders, FTP folders, remote printers, external applications, Web URLs, Domino and Domino.doc repositories, Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server repositories, and Xerox DocuShare respositories.

Additional destinations, such as advanced document management repositories, can be added as optional components.

Ease of use

SMARTsend is designed for ease of use, versatility, and security. Wizards assist users with complex tasks, and descriptive instructions, status messages, and help system information that accompany all

SMARTsend screens. Users can set up e-mail and printed confirmation reports, and administrators can create job logs to track usage and obtain audit trails in support of legal and regulatory requirements.

Where security is important, SMARTsend stands above the competition with support for the latest secure protocols and secure web site configuration options. In addition, the open and flexible .NET architecture permits easy integration with other programs and provides the flexibility to expand capabilities and features as Xerox makes future enhancements available.

12 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Welcome to SMARTsend

SMARTsend Documentation

Several forms of documentation are available with SMARTsend, including printable guides that are provided as Adobe Acrobat PDF format documents. The documentation components can be accessed from the links that are provided on the SMARTsend Home Pages, or from the links in the CD autorun program. SMARTsend administrators can also access the Readme file and the Installation and

Administration Guide from the Start Menu on the SMARTsend computer.

The Adobe Acrobat Reader is required to view and print the guides. Obtain the reader from the Adobe

Web site, www.adobe.com

.

SMARTsend Installation and Administration Guide

The SMARTsend Installation and Administration Guide includes step-by-step instructions for installing and configuring the SMARTsend computer, clients, and supported scanning devices.

For information about installing the SMARTsend device extensions software, access and download the

Device Extensions Installation & Administration Guide from the SMARTsend Drivers and Download page on www.xerox.com.

SMARTsend User Guide

The SMARTsend User Guide introduces SMARTsend to new users. It includes overviews of all the main

SMARTsend pages and features, as well as step-by-step instructions for key tasks users perform with

SMARTsend.

Help

SMARTsend contains extensive online Help that covers the use of the application beyond installation and initial configuration. Help links are included in the upper right corner of any SMARTsend page.

Quick Reference Cards

SMARTsend documentation includes the following Quick Reference Cards:

Administrator Quick Reference—Contains requirements, basic installation procedures, and site configuration information for SMARTsend administrators.

User Quick Reference—Contains basic overview and getting started information for general

SMARTsend users.

Note: The Administrator Quick Reference is not recommended for first-time installations of the product. Please use the Installation and Administration Guide for detailed planning and installation instructions.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

13

Welcome to SMARTsend

Readme.txt

Readme.txt provides product support information that was not available when the other documentation components were released for publication. This information is intended primarily for

SMARTsend administrators, and it can be accessed by administrators using the following methods:

• After SMARTsend is installed:

On a Windows 2000 server, click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > View ReadMe.txt;

- OR -

On a Windows XP Professional computer or server running Windows Server 2003, click Start > All

Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > View ReadMe.txt.

• Insert the SMARTsend CD into your CD drive. Click the README File link from the CD Installer program.

• Click the View Readme file button during installation.

14 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Welcome to SMARTsend

Customer Support

You can contact Xerox for support either by telephone or Internet.

Telephone Support

For additional assistance, contact Xerox by telephone to speak with a Customer Support

Representative. Before you call, locate the SMARTsend Serial Number by clicking the About link in the upper right corner of any SMARTsend page. For future reference, be sure to record the Serial Number in the space provided below. The Serial Number is required to obtain technical support from Xerox.

Xerox SMARTsend Serial Number:

Note: SMARTsend permits the management of a limited number of devices. To identify the number of supported devices, click the About link on any SMARTsend page and locate the product serial number. The last set of digits appended to the serial number indicate the number of supported devices. By default, SMARTsend Standard and Professional Editions support the configuration of up to five devices and SMARTsend

The Xerox customer support telephone numbers are listed in the following table. If the telephone number for your country is not listed, please contact your local Xerox representative to obtain the number. If necessary, please record the telephone number in the space provided below.

UNITED STATES

UNITED STATES (TTY)

Xerox Customer Support Telephone Numbers:

800-821-2797

CANADA

800-855-2880

800-939-3769 (800-93-XEROX)

Internet Support

Additional tips and technical information are available from the Support & Drivers link on the Xerox

Web site, www.xerox.com

. Locate or search for your product and access the product support resources.

The documents in this section cover specific issues that may require special procedures or application notes regarding the operation and configuration of your Xerox product.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

15

Welcome to SMARTsend

16 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

2

This chapter describes the hardware, software, network, and security issues that must be considered before the SMARTsend application is installed on a computer. These tasks and considerations are essential elements of a successful installation.

Please read this chapter thoroughly and perform all required configuration tasks before proceeding to

Chapter 3, Install SMARTsend

.

Tip: Print the Administrator Quick Reference card for use as a configuration checklist. The

Administrator Quick Reference is available from the SMARTsend CD autorun program.

What is in this chapter:

Advance Planning Considerations on page 18

SMARTsend Configuration Requirements on page 21

Client and Browser Configuration on page 37

Scanning Device Configuration on page 40

Prepare Information for Installation on page 46

Next Steps on page 47

Note: If you are upgrading from a Trial Version or a previous version of SMARTsend, simply

follow the upgrade procedures in Chapter 3, Install SMARTsend , to upgrade your software.

The SMARTsend installation program will automatically upgrade a current Trial Version to the current licensed version. All workflows generated while using the Trial Version or a previous version will be accessible after the upgrade is completed. If you have a Trial Version of SMARTsend that has expired, you can upgrade to the retail version and retain all workflows. The retail version can be ordered through your Xerox sales representative, and

installed as an upgrade to your existing Trial Version. See Upgrade Eligibility on page 51 for

additional information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

17

Prepare for Installation

Advance Planning Considerations

This section contains information and issues that should be considered before you attempt to install and use the SMARTsend application. Please allow adequate lead time to address these issues.

Security

A security certificate can be installed on the SMARTsend computer if secure password entry or secure data transfer is required within the SMARTsend operating environment. Security certificates are used to enable encryption of sensitive information. Security certificates can be obtained within the network by using software bundled with the network operating system or by using an open-source product.

Externally, they can be obtained through the services of a third party for a fee. Which option to choose, if any, depends on factors such as these:

• Security policies and requirements that govern the use of network and physical resources within your organization must be reviewed in advance of your SMARTsend installation. Please consider how your security policies apply to SMARTsend and configure your computer, clients, and

scanning devices accordingly. Refer to Chapter 9, SMARTsend Security

, for additional security information.

• The latest Xerox multifunction devices, such as WorkCentre 7655/7665/7675 or newer devices, offer additional security capabilities such as authentication and more secure communication protocols such as SNMP v3 and HTTPs. These enhanced capabilities can further enhance end-toend security when devices are configured for use with SMARTsend.

• SMARTsend makes the use of security certificates optional to accommodate installations where other security measures are employed or where security is not a concern. When a security certificate is installed on the SMARTsend computer, it will provide secure password entry when users access SMARTsend. Furthermore, if the Require Secure Channel (SSL) option and the security certificate are properly configured on the SMARTsend computer, all data transfer between

SMARTsend users and devices will be encrypted. See To configure the SMARTsend computer to require HTTPS/SSL: on page 192 for additional information.

• If the use of SMARTsend will be limited to the local network or intranet, the most cost-effective approach may be to use the SelfSSL option, or set up a Certificate Authority in-house. A local

Certificate Authority can be implemented by using Microsoft Certificate Services, which is included on each Microsoft operating system CD. The SelfSSL option is available in the Microsoft Internet

Information Services (IIS) Resource Kit. Go to http://www.microsoft.com/downloads for additional information.

• If SMARTsend will be available on the Internet, using a third party for certificate services may be

preferable. See Obtain and Install a Security Certificate on page 32 for more information.

Note: The process of obtaining a third party security certificate may take several days. If secure password entry is required within SMARTsend, you should plan and initiate this activity in advance of your SMARTsend installation to avoid the need to reconfigure the computer and SMARTsend at a later time.

18 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

Scanning Device and Application Migration

Skip this section if network scanning applications are not currently in use within your organization.

If other scanning applications or services are being used at your site, you should consider the various impacts that a new SMARTsend installation will have on your existing scanning resources. Consider the following factors when determining your migration strategy:

• SMARTsend cannot be installed on the same computer as Xerox FlowPort.

• The SMARTsend computer cannot be a domain controller.

• SMARTsend can import templates that were created with CentreWare Network Scanning Services.

See Template Importer on page 175 for additional information.

• Xerox Multifunction Devices cannot be configured for simultaneous use with both SMARTsend and

CentreWare Network Scanning Services because each application must use the Default

Repository. Therefore, each application must manage a different set of devices.

• During device configuration, SMARTsend overwrites the Default Repository and Template Pool scan settings of a Xerox Multifunction Device. If you have existing applications that use the

Default Repository, reconfigure the device to use an Alternate Repository for those applications

before configuring the device to use SMARTsend.

For example, to use a Xerox Multifunction Device with both FlowPort and SMARTsend, you must reconfigure the device to use an Alternate Repository for FlowPort before configuring the device with SMARTsend. Likewise, templates created using CentreWare Internet Services must also be modified if they currently utilize the Default Repository.

Tip: If any Xerox Multifunction Devices intended for use with SMARTsend are already configured for use with other scanning applications, then you should print and save a configuration sheet for those devices before you configure them for use with SMARTsend. The configuration sheet lists the current network scanning configuration, which may be useful in the future if the device needs to be reverted back to a previous configuration.

• If FlowPort and SMARTsend are configured in the same office environment on different computers, care must be taken to select the correct template at the device when using FlowPort or

SMARTsend. Under these circumstances, the FlowPort computer should be assigned an alternate repository when configuring the Xerox Multifunction Device. Users must also ensure they select a

SMARTsend template at the device when scanning. PaperWare (Professional Edition feature) users must select the SMARTsend PaperWare template.

• Beginning with Release 2.0, SMARTsend can process PaperWare forms (Professional Edition feature) that were created on other SMARTsend or Xerox Flowport computers. This option improves usability and extends the power of SMARTsend within the enterprise by effectively increasing the number of devices that can be used to initiate scan jobs from a single PaperWare

cover sheet. See Configure PaperWare Form Forwarding Settings on page 104 for additional

information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

19

Prepare for Installation

Network Configuration and Logistics

SMARTsend is a Web site designed to service multiple users simultaneously. The following factors may impact the ability to service SMARTsend users within your organization:

• Physical sites and network bandwidth, including such factors as the number and proximity of supported scanning devices, anticipated network traffic, availability of e-mail services for notifications, and workflow processing. Analyze these factors to determine the best location for the SMARTsend computer.

• Network configuration, security practices, and scanning device capabilities may limit the use of certain SMARTsend features. Some examples include:

• If SMB is blocked on a router or is not available on a particular device, you will be limited to using FTP as the SMARTsend filing protocol.

• If scanning devices are located on a different subnet, DNS must be properly configured and

functional. See Verifying the SMARTsend Computer DNS Configuration on page 24 for more

information.

• If SNMP Broadcast is not enabled across routers, you will not be able to utilize the

SMARTsend automated device discovery features.

• If the SMARTsend workflow authentication features (private workflows, scan to my e-mail) will be used, the configured scanning devices must be in the same domain (or trusted domain) as the SMARTsend computer. The Xerox Multifunction devices must also support authentication, and authentication must be configured and enabled on each device.

Additional information concerning network and device configuration is provided throughout this

guide. If problems are encountered after your installation, please refer to Chapter 7, Problem Solving

for additional support information.

20 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

SMARTsend Configuration Requirements

Computer configuration is the foundation for a successful SMARTsend installation. Please follow and confirm all the guidelines and requirements in this chapter before you install SMARTsend to ensure that the computer is properly configured to support SMARTsend. Detailed explanations and configuration details are provided in the sections following this checklist.

‰

For best performance, install SMARTsend on a dedicated computer with a minimum of a 1.0 GHz or faster CPU, at least 750 MB of free disk space, 512 MB RAM (1 GB or more is recommended for all operating systems and is required for Windows Vista), and a single network adapter (multiple adapters are not supported). The computer can not be a domain controller.

‰

SMARTsend (Standard or Professional Editions) can be installed on the following platforms:

Windows 2000 Server or Advanced Server (SP4 or later), Windows Server 2003 with all critical operating system software updates installed, Windows Vista, or a Windows XP Professional computer (SP2 or later).

Note: For large installations, multiple users, managing of many devices, a Windows

2000 or 2003 installation is recommended.

‰

SMARTsend may also be installed on any of the supported operating systems in conjunction with

VMware (GSX Server version 3.2.0, Workstation 4.5) or Microsoft Virtual PC 2004/Virtual Server

2005.

Note: SMARTsend performance may degrade when it is run on a shared file/print server, or when using VMware or Microsoft Virtual PC/Virtual Server. Performance degradation is likely to be more significant when using SMARTsend Professional OCR features.

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

TCP/IP must be enabled and functional.

Confirm that the ports required for each supported protocol are not blocked by filtering at a

switch, router, or firewall. See TCP/IP Port Configuration on page 42.

If using DNS, it must be properly configured. If the PaperWare Form Forwarding options are used

(Professional Edition), DNS must also be configured on all SMARTsend and FlowPort computers

that will be receiving forwarded forms. See Verifying the SMARTsend Computer DNS

Configuration

on page 24 and Configure PaperWare Form Forwarding Settings on page 104.

File and Printer Sharing must be enabled on the network adapter and port 139 must be available.

See Enable File and Printer Sharing on page 25.

Internet Information Services (IIS) 5.0, or higher, must be installed and configured with the

Common Files, Internet Information Services Manager, and World Wide Web Service. For

Windows Vista, IIS 6.0 compatibility must be installed. If using FTP for filing, the FTP Server

component must also be enabled. See Install and Configure IIS / FTP on page 26. Please note that

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

21

Prepare for Installation

IIS is part of the Windows operating system, and its components can be installed using the

Windows Add/Remove Programs options.

Note: The SMARTsend installation program will install the .NET Framework if it is not present on the computer. However, IIS must be installed before the .NET Framework is installed on a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server, a Windows XP Professional, or a

Windows Vista computer. If the .NET Framework and IIS are currently installed on the computer and you are not certain if IIS was installed first, then these components should be uninstalled in the proper sequence (IIS, .NET Framework and SMARTsend) and reinstalled in the proper sequence (IIS and then SMARTsend, which installs .NET

Framework 2.0).

‰

‰

‰

Confirm that the Default Web Site and the FTP server are running under IIS before using

SMARTsend.

‰

‰

Confirm that the Windows Authentication Methods are properly configured in IIS before installing SMARTsend. Integrated Windows authentication is always required, and Basic

Authentication is also needed when non-Microsoft browsers are used with SMARTsend. See

Windows Authentication Methods Configuration on page 27.

ASP.NET must be enabled

(Windows Server 2003 only). See Enable ASP.NET

on page 29

.

If SMARTsend is being installed on a Windows XP Professional computer, then Simple File Sharing must be disabled. Please consult the Microsoft web site, www.microsoft.com

, for Simple File

Sharing configuration instructions.

If SMARTsend is being installed on a Windows Vista computer, configure your PC by following these instructions:

‰

‰

Disable the User Account Control by opening the Control Panel and the User Accounts icon, selecting the Turn User Account Control On or Off link and deselecting the Use User

Account Control (UAC) checkbox. Select OK.

Enable SNMP by opening the Programs and Features icon from the Control Panel, selecting the

Turn Windows feature on or off link and select the SNMP Feature checkbox. You do not need to select the WNI SNMP Provider checkbox.

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

Enable the Internet Information Services by opening the Control Panel and the Programs and

Features icon

Expand the Internet Information Services directory and then expand the FTP Publishing

Service.

Enable the FTP option under IIS. You do not need to select the FTP Management Console.

Select the Web Management Tools option.

Expand Web Management Tools and verify that all checkboxes are selected.

Expand WWW Services and Application Development Features.

Select .NET Extensibility, ASP.NET, ASP, ISAPI Extensions and ISAPI Filters.

Select the Common HTTP Features checkbox.

Expand Common HTTP Features and verify that all checkboxes are selected.

22 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

Expand Security and select the Basic Authentication, Request Filtering and Windows

Authentication checkboxes.

To allow a program through the Windows Firewall, open the Control Panel and the Windows

Firewall icon.

Select the Allow a Program through Windows Firewall and, from the Exceptions tab, select the File and Printer Sharing, Secure World Wide Web Services (HTTPS), and World Wide

Web Services (HTTP) checkboxes. If other programs are selected, do not deselect those checkboxes.

SMARTsend administrator, user, and device accounts must be configured. See Create

Administrator, User, and Device Accounts on page 29.

If secure password entry is required, a security certificate must be installed

(Optional). See Obtain and Install a Security Certificate on page 32

.

Additional configuration is required to manage the SMARTsend computer as a secure web site.

See Secure Web Site Configuration on page 191.

Additional configuration is required on the SMARTsend computer when using Domino.doc,

SharePoint Portal Server 2001, SharePoint Portal Server 2003/2007, Novell NetWare, Remote

Printers, DocuShare, and other optional destinations. See Additional Requirements for

Destinations on page 35.

SMARTsend Computer Configuration Requirements

The following table summarizes the key configuration requirements and options that must be addressed for a successful install. For Windows Vista systems, use the Windows Server 2003 column

(however, note that a minimum of 1GB RAM is required and IIS 6.0 compatibility must be installed).

SMARTsend Computer

Configuration Requirements

Windows 2000

Server/Advanced

Server

Minimum Hardware:

1.0 GHz CPU, 750 MB free disk space, 512 MB RAM, single network adapter.

Can the SMARTsend computer be used as a Domain Controller?

SMARTsend software can be installed with VMware (GSX

Server version 3.2.0, Workstation

4.5) or MS Virtual PC

2004/Virtual Server 2005

Enable TCP/IP support

Windows Server

2003

Windows XP

Professional

Table 2-1: SMARTsend Computer Configuration Requirements Summary

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

23

Prepare for Installation

SMARTsend Computer

Configuration Requirements

Windows 2000

Server/Advanced

Server

Confirm ports are available for each required protocol (FTP,

SMB, HTTP, HTTPS)

Install Internet Information

Services (IIS) 5.0+ with common files, IIS Manager, and World

Wide Web Service.

Confirm that .NET 2.0

Framework is installed after IIS is installed.

Enable FTP Server

Enable Integrated Windows

Authentication

Enable ASP.NET

Optional

Windows Server

2003

Optional

Windows XP

Professional

Optional

Enable File and Printer Sharing

Disable Simple File Sharing Not Applicable Not Applicable

Create administrator and user accounts

Install security certificate

Configure secure web site

Configure destinations...

(requirements vary)

Optional

Optional

Optional

Optional

Table 2-1: SMARTsend Computer Configuration Requirements Summary

Optional

Optional

Verifying the SMARTsend Computer DNS Configuration

SMARTsend requires a valid DNS configuration to locate scanning devices or other computers when multiple subnets are involved. If the PaperWare Form Forwarding options are used (Professional

Edition), DNS must also be configured on all SMARTsend and FlowPort computers that will be receiving

forwarded forms. See Configure PaperWare Form Forwarding Settings on page 104 for additional

information.

Note: Use of DNS is optional if SMARTsend and the scanning devices reside on a single subnet. If this is the case, you can use WINS or the device IP Address instead of DNS, and the following DNS verification procedures can be ignored. However, when DNS is used, DNS configuration issues must be resolved prior to installing and configuring SMARTsend.

24 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

To verify the local DNS configuration:

1.

Use ipconfig to verify that the IP addresses of the DNS servers are listed correctly and in the proper order.

a.

Open the command prompt b.

Type ipconfig /all c.

Confirm that the DNS servers are listed properly

2.

Use nslookup to verify SMARTsend computer and Xerox Multifunction Device network connectivity and name resolution.

a.

Open the command prompt b.

Type nslookup c.

Enter the IP Address for the SMARTsend computer. The Host Name should be returned. d.

Next, enter the fully-qualified Host Name for the SMARTsend computer. The IP Address obtained from the previous step should be returned.

e.

Repeat steps a-d using the IP Address and fully-qualified Host Name of the devices that you intend to configure for use with SMARTsend.

Note: If nslookup fails, there is a network connectivity issue that should be resolved before installing SMARTsend. If the IP address lookup succeeds and the DNS name lookup fails, check the DNS name resolution configuration. Likewise, if the Host Name lookup does not return the exact same result as the IP Address lookup, you should check the DNS name resolution configuration. Apply DNS name resolution changes as needed, then retest using nslookup to verify the DNS configuration.

Enable File and Printer Sharing

The SMARTsend computer must be configured to enable File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft

Networks and port 139 must be available. Use the following procedure to configure File and Printer

Sharing on the SMARTsend computer.

Note: The following sample procedure is based on a Windows 2000 Server.

To Configure File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks:

1.

On the SMARTsend computer, click Start > Settings > Control Panel.

2.

Open the Network Connections option.

3.

Right-click the appropriate network adapter and select Properties.

4.

Select the option for File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks. This option is enabled by default.

5.

Click OK to save any changes.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

25

Prepare for Installation

To Configure File and Printer Sharing for Windows Vista:

1.

On the SMARTsend computer, click Start > Settings > Control Panel.

2.

Select the Network & Sharing Center icon.

3.

Locate File Sharing. To enable file sharing, click the Off button and select the ON option.

4.

Locate Printer Sharing. To enable printer sharing, click the Off button and select the ON option.

Install and Configure IIS / FTP

SMARTsend has several Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) installation and configuration dependencies. These dependencies must be addressed to ensure proper site configuration and reliable service for SMARTsend users. Please note that IIS is part of the Windows operating system, and its components can be installed using the Windows Add/Remove Programs options. Consult the Microsoft web site, www.microsoft.com

, for additional IIS installation and configuration instructions.

Note: IIS must be installed before the .NET Framework is installed on a Windows XP

Professional computer, Windows Vista computer, or Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server.

The SMARTsend installation program will install the .NET Framework if it is not present on the computer, but it cannot detect the order in which these applications were installed. If the .NET Framework and IIS are currently installed on the computer and you are not certain if IIS was installed first, then these components should be uninstalled in the proper sequence (IIS, .NET Framework, SMARTsend) and reinstalled in the proper sequence (IIS and then SMARTsend, which installs .NET Framework 2.0).

General IIS Installation Requirements

For Windows Vista computers, IIS 7.0 must be installed with IIS 6.0 compatibility enabled. For all other systems, Internet Information Services (IIS) 5.0, or higher, must be installed and configured with the following components or options enabled and running:

‰

Common Files–Installs required IIS program files.

‰

‰

‰

Internet Information Services Manager–Installs the IIS administrative interface into Microsoft

Management Console.

World Wide Web Service–Uses the HTTP protocol to respond to Web client requests on a TCP/IP network.

FTP Server (optional)–Used to support FTP data transfer between the SMARTsend computer and configured scanning devices when the FTP filing protocol is selected. This component is not a part

26 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation of the default IIS installation; it must be selected during the initial installation procedure or added to the installation afterwards.

Note: FTP support is required if the devices to be used with SMARTsend do not support SMB,

HTTP, or HTTPS, or in cases where the use of these additional protocols is restricted on your network. In addition, if FTP is installed after SMARTsend is installed, please refer to the topic

SMARTsend does not recognize IIS FTP service on page 158 for additional configuration

instructions.

IIS 7.0 Configuration for Users with Windows Vista

Configure the Internet Information Services on a Windows Vista system by enabling IIS 6.0 compatibility and performing the following steps:

1.

Open the Internet Information Services Manager (Start > Control Panel > Programs and

Features).

2.

Select Turn Window Features On or Off. The Window Features window displays.

3.

Expand Internet Information Services and expand Web Management Tools.

4.

Select all of the checkboxes below the Web Management Tool.

5.

Click OK.

FTP Service Directory Configuration

Devices that support FTP as a transfer protocol interpret FTP file path information according to UNIX conventions. The directory listing style of the Internet Information Services FTP Server must be configured to use UNIX style listings. (NOTE: The following sample procedure is based on a Windows

2000 Server.)

To change the FTP Home Directory style to UNIX and check read/write permissions:

1.

Open the Internet Information Services Manager (Start > Programs > Administrative Tools >

Internet Services Manager) and expand IIS in the tree view.

2.

Right-click Default FTP Site and select Properties.

3.

Select the Home Directory tab and select UNIX as the Directory Listing Style.

4.

Confirm that both Read and Write are checked.

5.

Click OK on all screens.

Windows Authentication Methods Configuration

SMARTsend requires proper configuration of the Internet Information Services (IIS) authentication options. These options should be configured and confirmed before the SMARTsend application is installed.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

27

Prepare for Installation

To configure Windows Authentication on the SMARTsend computer:

1.

If SMARTsend is installed on a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server:

Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Internet Services Manager.

- OR -

If SMARTsend is installed on a computer running Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP

Professional:

Click Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services.

2.

Expand IIS in the tree view.

3.

Right-click Default Web Site and choose Properties.

4.

Select the Directory Security tab.

5.

Click Edit in the Anonymous access and authentication control section.

6.

Select the Integrated Windows Authentication check box.

7.

If a non-Microsoft browser will be used with SMARTsend, then you should also select the Basic

Authentication check box.

8.

Click OK on all screens.

To configure Windows Authentication on the SMARTsend computer with Windows Vista:

1.

Click Start > Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Internet Information Services Manager.

2.

Select and open the Authentication icon. The Authentication window displays.

3.

From the list shown, select Anonymous Authentication. If disabled, select Enable from the

Actions panel.

4.

If a non-Microsoft browser will be used with SMARTsend, then you should also select Basic

Authentication and Enable from the Actions list.

28 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

Enable ASP.NET

Applicable to Windows Server 2003 installations only.

When SMARTsend is installed to run under Windows Server 2003, ASP.NET must be enabled and properly configured on the server. Please consult the Microsoft web site, www.microsoft.com

, for

ASP.NET installation and configuration instructions.

Note: Additional ASP.NET configuration changes are required if the server has been upgraded to Windows Server 2003 from a previous installation of Windows 2000 Server or

Advanced Server. When this is the case, the ASP.NET account must be granted execute permission to any files under wwwroot. To implement this change on your Windows 2003 server, open the wwwroot Properties dialog, then select the Security tab. Next, select the account for Everyone, then select the checkbox to Allow Read & Execute. Click Apply to save the changes, then click OK as needed to close the configuration dialogs. Perform these steps on the Program Files folder also.

Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts

SMARTsend administrators, users, and the Xerox Multifunction Devices used with SMARTsend must be authenticated with a valid Windows account in order to obtain access to the SMARTsend computer.

The Windows system that hosts SMARTsend can either be a standalone system or a member of a domain, but it cannot be a domain controller.

Consider the following issues when determining your site-specific requirements for SMARTsend accounts:

• All members of the Administrator group on the SMARTsend computer have SMARTsend administrative privileges while all members of the Users group have SMARTsend user privileges.

The computer administrator can use the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) Computer

Management snap-in to create, view, or modify the accounts that provide access to the

SMARTsend computer. See Account Creation and Management on page 30 for instructions.

• If you install the SMARTsend on a standalone computer, on a network that does not use a domain, or where users are outside of the domain (or its trusted domains), then you must create local accounts for the SMARTsend administrators and users.

Note: When SMARTsend is installed on a computer which is not a member of a domain, it is recommended that a full backup be made of the host computer after users have been created via MMC. In the event of a system crash, such as a hard drive failure, the computer should be restored from this full backup. This will ensure that user accounts in SMARTsend will continue to match those on the standalone computer.

• If you configure the SMARTsend computer as a member of a domain or trusted domain, then the domain security group (Domain Users) joins the computer’s Users group by default. If you take no further action, all domain members will have access to the SMARTsend site in accordance with their existing domain privileges. The domain account provides authorized users with access to

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

29

Prepare for Installation resources within the domain and any trusted domains. If needed, local accounts can also be added manually.

• When devices are configured within SMARTsend, local user Device Accounts are automatically created on the SMARTsend computer for each supported protocol. In most cases, no further

configuration is required for Device Accounts. See Manage Device Accounts on page 78 for

additional information.

Account Creation and Management

The following procedures describe the use of Microsoft Management Console (MMC) for creating and managing SMARTsend administrator, user, and device accounts.

Note: The sample procedures in this section are based on a Windows 2000 Server.

Individual steps and step names may vary slightly for Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista or Windows XP Professional.

Creating Local User or Administrator Accounts

To create local user or administrator accounts:

1.

Open Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Computer Management.

2.

Expand Local Users and Groups, then right-click the Users folder and select New User.

3.

Enter the account information and choose the appropriate options.

4.

Click Create.

5.

Click Close.

Managing Local Access to SMARTsend

To manage local access to SMARTsend:

1.

Open Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Computer Management.

2.

Expand Local Users and Groups, then select the Groups folder.

3.

Right-click Users or Administrators in the right panel, then select Properties. In Windows Vista, right click on Groups folder and select New Group.

4.

Click Add, then select the user(s) or group(s) you want to have access to SMARTsend. Keep in mind that any User or Group added to the Administrators group will have administrative access to

SMARTsend.

5.

Click OK as needed to confirm the changes and close the dialogs.

Note: Membership in the Users or Administrators group is required to access the

SMARTsend site. Only members of the Administrators group can be SMARTsend administrators.

30 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

Managing SMARTsend Access Within a Domain

To manage SMARTsend access within a domain:

1.

Open Control Panel > Administrative Tools > Computer Management.

2.

Expand Local Users and Groups, then select Groups.

3.

Right-click Users in the right panel, then select Properties. In Windows Vista, right click on Users folder and select New User.

4.

In the Members list, select the Domain Users group and then click Remove.

5.

Add either single domain users or domain groups to the Users group as needed to provide access to the SMARTsend site.

6.

Click OK as needed to confirm the changes and close the dialogs.

Note: Follow the same steps to limit Administrator access in the local Administrators group so that all members of the Domain Admins group do not have administrator access to the SMARTsend site.

Creating SMARTsend Device Accounts

This is an optional procedure. See Manage Device Accounts on page 78 for additional information.

To create SMARTsend device accounts:

1.

Follow the procedures for

Account Creation and Management on page 30 to create a Local User

Account for the Xerox Multifunction Devices that will be used with SMARTsend.

Note: Be sure to record and properly label the SMARTsend device account name and password when you create the account. You will be required to enter this information at

a later time when you perform the site configuration tasks presented in Add/Update

Xerox Devices on page 71.

2.

Expand Local Users and Groups, then select the Groups folder.

3.

Right-click Users in the right panel, then select Properties. In Windows Vista, double click Users.

4.

Inspect the Member list. If the SMARTsend Device Account is in the Users group, select the account and click Remove. In Windows Vista, right click and select Delete.

5.

Click OK.

6.

Right-click Administrators in the right panel, then select Properties. In Windows Vista, double click Administrators.

7.

Inspect the Member list. If the SMARTsend Device Account is in the Administrators group, select the account and click Remove. In Windows Vista, right click and select Delete. A device account should not have administrative privileges because it could pose a security risk.

8.

Click OK as needed to confirm the changes and close the dialogs.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

31

Prepare for Installation

Obtain and Install a Security Certificate

Skip this section if secure password entry and communication is not required.

A security certificate may be obtained by submitting a certificate request to a Certificate Authority

(CA) and installing the returned certificate. This section assumes that Microsoft Certificate Services is installed on a computer within a network domain, with the role of Root CA. It includes the processes of creating the request file and submitting it to a certificate server. The examples and procedures in this section may vary with other configurations and certificate services. For detailed information on related

SMARTsend security issues and secure configuration options, please refer to

HTTPS/SSL Certificates on page 191.

Note: A SelfSSL option is available in the Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS)

Resource Kit. Go to http://www.microsoft.com/downloads for additional information.

The following information will be required as you obtain the certificate:

The "friendly" name of the new certificate. This is a short, easily recognizable name like

"Scanning Computer."

The bit length of the encryption key. Longer keys are more secure; shorter keys have less impact on performance.

The "common name" of the site being secured. This is either the fully qualified DNS name or

NetBIOS name. Sites that appear on the Internet should use the fully qualified DNS name.

Location information. This includes company, department, city, state, and country.

Preparing a Certificate Request File

To prepare and submit a certificate request file in Windows Vista:

1.

Open Control Panel > Administrative Tools >Internet Information Services Manager.

2.

Select and open the Server Certificates icon.

3.

Click Create Certificate Request and enter the required information. Select Finish.

4.

Select Complete Certificate Request and enter the file name and friendly name.

5.

Click OK.

To prepare a certificate request file:

The following instructions assume that you have already accessed the IIS management console on the computer where SMARTsend will be installed.

1.

Right-click the IIS Default Web Site or IIS site where SMARTsend is or will be installed. Select

Properties.

2.

Select the Directory Security tab.

3.

Click Server Certificate.

4.

The Server Certificate Wizard window appears. Click Next.

5.

Select Create a new certificate. Click Next.

6.

Select Prepare the request now, but send it later. Click Next.

32 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

7.

Enter the "friendly" name for the new certificate. Select the bit length if a different bit length is desired. Click Next.

8.

Enter the organization name and unit. Click Next.

9.

Enter the site’s common name. Sites on the Internet should use their fully qualified DNS names; local (intranet) sites may use the computer’s NetBIOS name. Click Next.

Note: SMARTsend will not be able to function properly under SSL if the Host Name on the certificate does not match the fully qualified computer name.

10. Enter the site’s country, state or province, and city. Click Next.

11. Enter a file name for the certificate request. It will be a text (.txt) file. Click Next.

Note: Record the name and location of the certificate request file for later use.

12. The Request File Summary appears. Review the entries. Click Back to make corrections or Next to continue.

13. Click Finish to end the wizard. You have created but not submitted a certificate request file.

Submitting a Certificate Request

To submit the file to the Certificate Authority (CA):

1.

Open your browser and enter the certificate server URL.

2.

Select Request a certificate.

3.

Select Advanced request.

4.

Select Submit a certificate request by using a base64-encoded CMC or PKCS #10 file or a

renewal request by using a base64-encoded PKCS #7 file.

5.

Click the Browse link to find your certificate request file and open it. Click Read to load the file.

The file contents should appear in the Saved Request field. Click Submit.

Note: Using the Browse link may not work if local security settings prohibit browser access to the disk on which the certificate request file resides. Alternatives to the Browse link include opening the request file in Notepad and performing a copy and paste to the

Saved Request field, or making the CA server a trusted site in Internet Explorer.

6.

The Certificate Issued page appears. If desired, you can change the Certificate Encoding (DER or

Base 64) and the download options (download certificate or download certificate chain).

7.

After choosing the certificate options, click the Download Certificate link. The File Download window appears and displays the name of your certificate (.cer) file. Click Save to save the file to a local folder. Be sure to note the location of this file for later use.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

33

Prepare for Installation

Installing the Security Certificate

To install the security certificate:

1.

Return to the IIS Default Web Site, or the IIS site where SMARTsend will be installed, and then go to the Properties page in the IIS management console. Select the Directory Security tab.

2.

Click Server Certificate.

3.

The Web Server Certificate Wizard opens. Click Next.

4.

The wizard detects the pending request and offers options to process or delete it. Select Process

the pending request and install the certificate. Click Next.

5.

Enter the location and name of the .cer file. Click Next.

6.

Specify the SSL Port for this web site. Click Next.

7.

The wizard presents a certificate summary based on the .cer file. Click Next.

8.

A completion window displays. Click Finish.

9.

Click OK to exit the Web Site Properties page.

10. Close the IIS management console window.

Your security certificate is installed. You may now use secure password entry with SMARTsend.

Note: See Secure Web Site Configuration on page 191 if you need to configure the

SMARTsend computer for secure data transmission.

Replacing a Security Certificate

The currently installed security certificate must be deleted before a security certificate can be replaced on the SMARTsend computer. Use the following instructions to delete a currently installed security certificate.

To replace a security certificate:

1.

Launch Microsoft Management Console on the SMARTsend computer.

2.

Select File > Add/Remove Snap-In.

3.

Select the Standalone tab on the Add/Remove Snap-in dialog.

4.

Click Add.

5.

Select Certificates on the Add Standalone Snap-in dialog.

6.

Click Add.

7.

Select Computer account at the Certificates snap-in dialog.

8.

Click Next >.

9.

Select Local Computer at the Select Computer dialog.

10. Click Finish.

11. Close the Add Standalone Snap-in dialog. You should now be able to view and remove certificates.

34 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

Additional Requirements for Destinations

Skip this section if the destinations listed below are not required.

Some SMARTsend destinations require the installation of a client or other software on the SMARTsend computer in order for the destination to function properly. These software requirements apply to the following scanning destinations:

• Domino.Doc destinations require the "Document Manager Desktop Enabler" (version 3.1 or later) to be installed on the SMARTsend computer. Access the home page on your Domino.doc server, then choose the Getting Started link. You can then choose the Download Document Manager

Desktop Enabler link.

• If DocuShare or SharePoint Portal Server 2003/2007 destinations will be accessed through an

HTTP proxy server, then the SMARTsend computer registry must be customized. See Docushare and SharePoint Portal Server Access via HTTP Proxy Servers on page 165.

• If SMARTsend is installed on a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server and it is supporting

Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2001 destinations, then the SharePoint Portal Server 2001

client from the Microsoft web site must be installed on the SMARTsend computer. See SharePoint

Portal Server 2001 Compatibility with Windows Server 2003 on page 163.

• Novell NetWare folder destinations require the Novell Client for NetWare version 4.83 SP1 or later from either the Novell NetWare Client CD or the Novell Web site, www.novell.com

.

• Optional destinations, such as Documentum, TRIM, Hummingbird, and Interwoven, require the corresponding client software for each product to be installed on the SMARTsend computer. If you have purchased and installed any of these optional SMARTsend components (Standard or

Professional Editions), refer to Chapter 3 for more information on the client installation instructions for each product.

• LiveLink (Standard or Professional Editions) destinations require the purchase of the LiveLink SDK and the installation of four LiveLink SDK files. If you have purchased the LiveLink SDK, please review

LiveLink Configuration Requirements on page 59 for additional information.

• Remote Printer destinations require the installation of a printer driver on the SMARTsend

computer for each remote printer. See Installing a Printer Driver for a Remote Printer Destination on page 35 for additional information.

Installing a Printer Driver for a Remote Printer Destination

To install a printer driver for a Remote Printer destination:

1.

Make sure you are logged on to the SMARTsend computer as a user with administrative privileges.

The network user account should be on the local network on which network printer is connected.

2.

In Windows Vista, select the Printers icon from the Control Panel and select Add a Printer from the menu bar. Follow the instructions in the Add Printer dialog wizard.

3.

For other operating systems, open the Windows Add Printer wizard. Click Next.

4.

Select Local printer attached to this computer, then click Next.

5.

The Select a Printer Port dialog appears. Select the Create a new port, and then choose Standard

TCP/IP Port as the port type. Click Next.

6.

The Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard appears. Click Next.

7.

Enter the Printer Name or IP address. The Port Name will be filled in automatically (do not change this name). Click Next.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

35

Prepare for Installation

8.

If necessary, select or enter Additional Port information, then click Next.

9.

Click Finish to close the Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard.

10. In the Add Printer Wizard, select a printer manufacturer and corresponding printer model from the list, or click Have Disk... to locate the driver you would like to install. Click Next.

11. Enter or confirm the Printer Name, and select a Default Printer option. Click Next.

12. In the Printer Sharing dialog, select Share Name and enter the name for the printer. Click Next.

13. Enter a location and comment, if needed. Click Next.

14. Print a test page, if needed. Click Next.

15. Click Finish to complete driver installation.

36 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

Client and Browser Configuration

Confirm and test the following client and browser requirements prior to installing and using

SMARTsend:

‰

Microsoft Internet Explorer version 5.5 or higher. (Internet Explorer is recommended for best performance.)

‰

Netscape version 7.2 or higher.

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

Mozilla version 1.7 or higher.

Mozilla FireFox version 1.0.6 or higher.

If you are running SMARTsend on an intranet, the browser must be configured to include the

SMARTsend computer in the proxy server exceptions list. See Modifying Proxy Server Settings

.

Popup blockers should be disabled or reconfigured to bypass or exclude SMARTsend. Popup blocking software will prevent certain SMARTsend screens from displaying.

If using a multinational version of SMARTsend, the browser language setting must be configured

to match the desired language. See Language Settings on page 39.

Adobe Acrobat Reader version 4.0 or higher is required for viewing and printing PaperWare cover sheets (Professional Edition feature) and the SMARTsend documentation.

Additional information is provided in the following sections. The SMARTsend administrator should test and confirm these settings before propagating any configuration changes to each client workstation.

Modifying Proxy Server Settings

When a proxy server is used to connect to the Internet, SMARTsend requires changing browser settings to prevent the proxy server from interfering with SMARTsend authentication. In general, this is done by setting the browser to bypass the proxy server when searching for any local IP address, by adding the

SMARTsend computer IP address and fully qualified Host Name to an exception list, or by a combination of the two.

Note: Procedures and options vary with each browser type and version. For example, you may need to enter the specific IP Address AND the fully qualified Host Name of the

SMARTsend computer to the proxy server exceptions list in some versions of Internet

Explorer. Please consult the documentation provided with your browser for specific requirements and procedures.

To modify proxy server settings in Internet Explorer:

1.

Select Tools > Internet Options.

2.

Select the Connections tab, then click LAN Settings.

3.

If Use a proxy server is selected, select Bypass proxy server for local addresses. If a proxy server is not being used, you do not need to continue with this procedure.

4.

Click Advanced.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

37

Prepare for Installation

5.

Enter the SMARTsend computer IP address and/or fully qualified Host Name in the Exceptions list.

6.

When finished, click OK on all screens.

- OR -

1.

Select Tools > Internet Options.

2.

Select the Security tab, then click Local Intranet.

3.

Click Sites.

4.

Click Advanced and add the SMARTsend computer IP address and/or fully qualified Host Name to the zone.

5.

When finished, click OK on all screens.

To modify Proxy Server settings in Netscape and Mozilla:

1.

Open Netscape/Mozilla.

2.

Access the Edit menu and select Preferences.

3.

Select Advanced > Proxies.

4.

Select Manual Proxy Configuration and enter the proxy server host name or IP address for each protocol supported. Enter the port number for each protocol in its Ports field.

5.

Add the SMARTsend computer Host Name and/or IP address to the No Proxy for field. Separate multiple entries with commas.

6.

Click OK to save all settings.

To modify Proxy Server settings using Advanced Settings in SMARTsend:

1.

From the Administration Home Page in SMARTsend, locate General Settings in the Site

Configuration pane and then select the Site Configuration Task, Advanced Settings. The

Advanced Settings page displays.

2.

Under HTTP Proxy Server Settings, select the Enable Proxy Server/Use Proxy checkbox if a proxy server is being used to connect to the internet.

3.

Enter the host name of the proxy server or IP address for each protocol supported in the Proxy

Server text field.

4.

If you want to connect to the internet without using a proxy server, enter the IP address of the

SMARTsend computer in the Proxy Override field. Separate multiple entries with commas.

5.

Click Apply to save all settings.

User Authentication Settings

If the SMARTsend site authenticates users with their network account credentials, the site login process will not be encountered. Use the following procedure to make the SMARTsend site login mandatory.

(Example procedure is based on Windows XP Professional and Internet Explorer 6.0.)

To require user authentication with Internet Explorer:

1.

From the Windows Control Panel or your browser Tools menu, select Internet Options.

2.

Select the Security tab.

38 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

3.

Select Local Intranet.

4.

Click Custom Level.

5.

Scroll to the Logon options for User Authentication and select Prompt for user name and

password.

6.

When finished, click OK on all screens.

Note: This login requirement, while configured in Internet Options, applies to Internet

Explorer, Netscape and Mozilla. Instructions may vary in different browsers and operating systems.

Language Settings

Note: This information is only applicable for the multinational version of SMARTsend. If

SMARTsend does not support the language that you selected, the application defaults to English.

To set browser language support:

1.

Confirm that the language in which SMARTsend should display appears in the following table.

Language

Language

Specifier

Danish

Dutch

English

Finnish

French

DA

NL

EN

FI

FR

German

Italian

DE

IT

Norwegian NO

Brazilian Portuguese PT-BR

Spanish

Swedish

ES

SV

Table 2-2: Supported Languages

2.

In Internet Explorer, select Tools > Internet Options. The Internet Options dialog box appears.

3.

Select the General tab and click Languages. The Language Preference dialog box appears.

4.

Languages and their specifiers appear in a scrolling window, with the specifier enclosed in square brackets. If you do not see your language listed, click Add. The Add Language screen appears.

Select the language to add and click OK.

5.

If the language you require is in the list, select the language and move it to the top of the list. Click

OK.

6.

When finished, click OK on all remaining screens.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

39

Prepare for Installation

Scanning Device Configuration

SMARTsend provides several capabilities to discover and configure Xerox Multifunction Devices for use as SMARTsend scanning devices. For most configurations, SMARTsend can discover and configure devices with minimal administrator intervention. However, there are several configuration tasks which must be completed before using SMARTsend. These tasks may include configuring the network scanning options and filing protocols (FTP/SMB/HTTP/HTTPS) for the device, and configuring the account and credentials that the device requires to obtain access to the SMARTsend computer. In addition, if authentication is required for SMARTsend private workflows/Scan to My E-mail, then authentication must be supported, enabled, and configured on the device.

Note: Please consult the documentation provided with your Xerox device for additional information on configuring the device for network scanning.

Xerox Multifunction Device Requirements

The following Xerox Multifunction Devices can be used with SMARTsend:

Note: An updated list of supported devices and device requirements is available from the

Support & Drivers link on the Xerox web site at www.xerox.com.

‰

‰

‰

‰

Document Centre 265/255/240 (system software versions 18.6 or greater), 440/432/425/420 ST,

430/426 ST, 490/480/470/460 ST, or 555/545/535 ST

WorkCentre Pro 65/75/90, 35/45/55, 32/40, 123/128/133, 165/175, C2128/C2636/C3545,

232/238/245/255/265/275, WorkCentre 5632/5638/5645/5655/5665/5675/5687, 7132,

7228/7235/7245, 7328/7335/7345, 7655/7665/7675

Xerox 4590/4595 Copier/Printer

Xerox 90/4110 Copier/Printer—subject to the following caveats:

• Device discovery is not supported. The IP Address or Host Name must be entered manually.

• Private templates are not supported because this device does not support network authentication.

• Auto-refresh of templates is not supported. Users must select the Refresh button at the device user interface to update the template list.

The following configuration requirements apply to all Xerox Multifunction Devices that will be used with SMARTsend:

‰

TCP/IP must be enabled and properly configured.

‰

The Network Scanning Option must be enabled and properly configured.

‰

SMARTsend automatically creates several Windows accounts that are needed for device

configuration. It also provides options to create and manage the device accounts manually. See

Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts on page 29 and

Manage Device Accounts on page 78 for additional information.

40 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

‰

‰

‰

If authentication is required for private workflows/Scan to My E-mail, then authentication must be enabled and configured to authenticate users from the same domain or trusted domain as the

SMARTsend computer. Please consult the documentation provided with your Xerox device for instructions on enabling and configuring authentication.

During device configuration, SMARTsend overwrites the Default Repository and Template Pool scan settings of a Xerox Multifunction Device. If you have existing applications that use the

Default Repository, reconfigure the applications and the device to use an Alternate Repository for those applications

before configuring the device to use SMARTsend. See Scanning Device and

Application Migration on page 19 for additional information.

A single Xerox Multifunction Device cannot use both CentreWare Network Scanning Services and

SMARTsend. If existing CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates need to be utilized

within SMARTsend, use the SMARTsend Template Importer to import the desired templates. See

Template Importer on page 175.

Tip: If any Xerox Multifunction Devices intended for use with SMARTsend are already configured for use with other scanning applications, then you should print and save a configuration sheet for those devices before you configure them for use with SMARTsend. The configuration sheet lists the current network scanning configuration, which may be useful in the future if the device needs to be reverted back to a previous configuration.

Data Transfer Protocols

SMARTsend can configure various scanning-related settings on Xerox Multifunction Devices, but it does not enable or change the data transfer protocol and option settings on the device or the SMARTsend computer. Check the following configuration settings prior to adding devices to SMARTsend:

If FTP will be used for filing scan jobs, then the IIS FTP server must be installed and running. See

Install and Configure IIS / FTP on page 26 for more information. This is the SMARTsend default.

• If SMB will be used for filing scan jobs, then SMB must be supported on the device. In addition,

File and Printer Sharing for Microsoft Networks must be enabled on the Network Adapter on the

SMARTsend computer. See Enable File and Printer Sharing on page 25 for instructions.

• If HTTP will be used for filing scan jobs, then HTTP must be supported and enabled on the device.

• If HTTPS will be used for filing scan jobs, then SSL/HTTPS must be supported and enabled on the device. In addition, the SMARTsend computer must have a security certificate installed.

Note: If you attempt to add a Xerox Multifunction Device to SMARTsend using a protocol that the device does not support, an alternate protocol will be used to configure the device.

A status message will indicate which protocol SMARTsend is using for data transfer. See Edit

Device Configuration Defaults on page 80 for additional information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

41

Prepare for Installation

TCP/IP Port Configuration

When configuring a device, SMARTsend uses the FTP, SMB, HTTP, and HTTPS ports that are defined on the SMARTsend computer. Following are the standard settings for each supported filing protocol:

FTP

SMB

HTTP

HTTPS

Protocol TCP/IP Port

21

139

80

443

Table 2-3: Standard TCP/IP Ports

Consider the following issues when configuring ports on your SMARTsend computer and Xerox devices:

• Confirm that the ports required for each supported protocol are not blocked by filtering at a switch, router, or firewall.

• Port (139) must be used for SMB filing.

• If non-standard ports are used on the SMARTsend computer, SMARTsend will configure the corresponding ports on the Xerox devices that will be used with SMARTsend.

Note: Some Xerox devices may not support non-standard ports. If this is the case for your device, reconfigure the SMARTsend computer to use a standard port and then reconfigure the device.

Default Template Configuration

With the Professional Edition of SMARTsend, it is possible to use the Default scanning template on a

Xerox Multifunction Device to process jobs that are scanned with a PaperWare cover sheet. This is a simple alternative to using the PaperWare template created by SMARTsend, but it is subject to the following configuration requirements and limitations:

• Enable the Default Scanning Template. From the Administration Home Page in SMARTsend, locate

General Settings in the Site Configuration pane and then select the Site Configuration Task,

Advanced Settings. From the Advanced Settings page that displays, locate the Options heading and select the Default Scanning Template/Use Default Scanning Template for PaperWare checkbox.

• The device must be added to SMARTsend and properly configured for use with SMARTsend.

• The device Job Log must be enabled. For most devices, this setting can be accessed using

CentreWare Internet Services (Properties > Services > Network Scanning > Default Template).

• The Default Filing Policy (for network scan templates) must be set to New Auto Generate or

Rename New File. For most devices, this setting can be accessed using CentreWare Internet

Services (Scan >Select Template > File Destinations > Edit > Filing Policy).

• The default template configuration settings can be confirmed or changed using CentreWare

Internet Services, which can be accessed through a web browser. Simply enter the IP address of the Xerox Multifunction Device as the URL, then choose Properties > Services > Network Scanning

> Default Template.

42 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

• The default glyph size that is printed on the PaperWare cover sheets requires a minimum scan resolution of 300 dpi. Therefore, the default resolution setting for the Default scanning template should be set to at least 300x300. For most devices, this setting can be accessed using CentreWare

Internet Services (Properties>Services>Network Scanning> Default Template).

Tip: Be sure to inform SMARTsend users that the Default template can be used with PaperWare cover sheets. This option makes it simpler to scan because it eliminates the need to scroll through the list of templates on the device.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

43

Prepare for Installation

Internet Fax and E-mail Enabled Device Requirements

The following Internet Fax and e-mail enabled devices can be used with SMARTsend Professional

Edition via PaperWare cover sheets:

Note: An updated list of supported devices and device requirements is available from the

Support & Drivers link on the Xerox web site at www.xerox.com.

‰

E-mail enabled devices, including:

• Xerox WorkCentre M20i

• Xerox WorkCentre Pro 416si

• Xerox WorkCentre 4150s/4150x/4150xf

• Xerox WorkCentre M118i

• Xerox WorkCentre M24

Note: Due to the architecture of the e-mail feature on these devices, there may be certain scan file format restrictions associated with scanning from these devices. Please

refer to Caveats for E-mail Enabled Devices on page 45 for additional information.

‰

The same dedicated POP3 e-mail account that is created for the Internet Fax inbox on the

incoming mail (POP3) server can be used for receiving e-mail from these devices. See Configure

PaperWare Internet Fax Settings on page 86 for additional information.

All Internet Fax devices that support RFC 2301 file format profiles S, F, or C, including:

• Xerox WorkCentre Pro 685/785

• Xerox WorkCentre Pro 416Si

The following configuration requirements apply to all Internet Fax devices:

‰

TCP/IP must be enabled and properly configured.

‰

A DNS Host Name, static IP address, or DHCP must be configured (requirements vary by manufacturer).

‰

‰

Simple Mode Internet Fax must be available (Extended Mode is not supported by SMARTsend).

A dedicated e-mail account must be created for the Internet Fax inbox, which is used by the

SMARTsend computer.

Please consult the documentation provided by the Internet Fax device manufacturer for specific network configuration requirements.

44 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

Caveats for E-mail Enabled Devices

Certain caveats apply when using PaperWare with the e-mail features provided by the following devices:

WorkCentre M20i

• The file format must be set to TIFF because the PDF format emitted by the M20i is not compatible with SMARTsend.

• All scans must be sent in monochrome mode. In color mode, the M20i only generates single-page

.jpg files that are not sufficient for PaperWare support.

• Since the M20i splits e-mails, SMARTsend will only process the first e-mail (since the PaperWare cover sheet is only in the first attachment). It is recommended that the maximum e-mail attachment size be set to 4 MB to minimize this occurrence.

• Printed confirmation sheets and the PaperWare "Refetch this form" feature do not work with the

M20i since e-mail is used as the submission path.

WorkCentre M118i

• Printed confirmation sheets and the PaperWare "Refetch this form" feature do not work with the

M118i since e-mail is used as the submission path.

• The file format used may be PDF or MultiPage TIFF.

WorkCentre M24

• The file format must be set to PDF. The M24 does not support multi-page TIFF for e-mail.

• Scans may be sent in color or monochrome.

• Printed confirmation sheets and the PaperWare "Refetch this form" feature do not work with the

M118i since e-mail or Internet Fax is used as the submission path.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

45

Prepare for Installation

Prepare Information for Installation

SMARTsend requires certain information for a successful installation and configuration. You can add or change most of the information from the SMARTsend Administration pages.

‰

SMARTsend Administrator information

‰

(Used to provide SMARTsend users with a point of contact for site administration and support.

This information will appear on confirmation pages and other notifications.)

Telephone:

Name:

E-mail Address:

Mail (SMTP) server fully qualified DNS name or IP address

(Used for Scan to E-Mail, scan job confirmations, administrative event notifications, and configuration messages.)

‰

‰

‰

‰

‰

DNS name or IP Address:

Application "Reply To" e-mail account address

(This Reply To information appears in the Reply to field of e-mail confirmation messages and error

notifications. See SMTP Server Configuration

on page 87 and General Settings on page 99 for

more information.)

"Reply To" address:

LDAP server fully qualified DNS name or IP address

(Used for the integrated address book e-mail address lookup features.)

DNS name or IP Address:

Password for Microsoft SQL Server 2005 database access

(This password is required for configuration of the database that SMARTsend creates. It is only used by SMARTsend. Administrators and users do not need to use this password at any time other than the initial installation.)

Password:

Application path, if different from default (path cannot be changed after installation)

Path:

SMARTsend Device Account names and passwords— Optional

(SMARTsend creates device accounts for each protocol automatically. However, if you choose to create and manage these accounts manually, you should record this information in the space provided below. Device accounts are not required by the installer, but they will be required when

Xerox Multifunction Devices are added during site configuration. See Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts on page 29.)

FTP Account Name/Password:

SMB Account Name/Password:

HTTP Account Name/Password:

HTTPS Account Name/Password:

46 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Prepare for Installation

Next Steps

You are ready to install SMARTsend software if you have completed all the required preparation tasks presented in this chapter. Please review and confirm the preparation requirements in this chapter, then proceed to Chapter 3 for the software installation instructions.

Note: If you are upgrading from a Trial Version or a previous version of SMARTsend, simply

follow the upgrade procedures in Chapter 3, Install SMARTsend , to upgrade your software.

The SMARTsend installation program will automatically upgrade a current Trial Version to the current licensed version. All workflows generated while using the Trial Version or a previous version will be accessible after the upgrade is completed. If you have a Trial Version of SMARTsend that has expired, you can upgrade to the retail version and retain all workflows. The retail version can be ordered through your Xerox sales representative, and

installed as an upgrade to your existing Trial Version. See Upgrade Eligibility on page 51 for

additional information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

47

Prepare for Installation

48 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend

3

This chapter describes the functions of the SMARTsend installer and describes the installation, startup, and removal of the application. Additional information and procedures for upgrading from the Trial

Version or previous versions of SMARTsend are also provided.

Note:

For new installations, please read and follow the preparation steps in Chapter 2,

Prepare for Installation

, before you attempt to install and configure SMARTsend.

What is in this chapter:

Installer Overview on page 50

Upgrade SMARTsend on page 51

Install SMARTsend on page 53

Installing and Configuring Optional Components on page 56

Migrate SMARTsend to a Replacement Computer on page 62

Repair a SMARTsend Installation on page 63

Uninstall SMARTsend on page 64

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

49

Install SMARTsend

Installer Overview

The SMARTsend installation program performs the following tasks:

• Searches for a previous version of SMARTsend that is eligible to be upgraded. If a previous version can be upgraded, the installer will save the current customer configuration data (workflows, device configurations, templates, PaperWare forms (Professional Edition feature), etc.), install the software updates for the new version, and reconfigure the new version with the customer data from the previous version.

If a previous version of SMARTsend is not available for upgrade, the installer performs the standard installation tasks that are listed below.

• Searches for Internet Information Services (IIS) and cancels the installation if it is not present.

• Searches for the .NET Framework and MDAC (Microsoft Data Access Components) and installs them if necessary.

Note: IIS must be installed before the .NET Framework is installed on Windows XP

Professional computer, Windows Vista computer, or a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced

Server. The SMARTsend installation program will install the .NET Framework if it is not present on the computer, but it cannot detect the order in which these applications were installed. If the .NET Framework and IIS are currently installed on the computer and you are not certain if IIS was installed first, then these components should be uninstalled in the proper sequence (IIS, .NET Framework, SMARTsend) and reinstalled in the proper sequence (IIS and then SMARTsend, which installs .NET Framework 2.0).

• Installs the Microsoft SQL Server 2005 Express. A password is required.

Note: This password is for SMARTsend’s internal use in database management. The application will not request this password.

• Installs SMARTsend software.

• Enters the following information into the SMARTsend database:

• Administrator name

• Administrator e-mail address

• Administrator telephone number

• SMTP server IP address or fully qualified DNS name

• LDAP server IP address or fully qualified DNS name

• SMARTsend ‘Reply To’ account

See Prepare Information for Installation on page 46 for additional information on these items.

50 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend

Upgrade SMARTsend

CAUTION: The current SMARTsend database must be backed up before upgrading the application.

See Schedule a Backup on page 91 for more information.

To upgrade an existing version of SMARTsend:

If you are upgrading from the previous version of SMARTsend to the current 3.0 software version, follow these steps:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an administrator.

2.

Back up the current SMARTsend database.

3.

Uninstall the current SMARTsend application from your system.

4.

Install SMARTsend 3 using the new installation instructions on the following pages.

5.

Use the Restore Tool as part of the new installation procedure to restore the previous SMARTsend database.

SMARTsend provides the capability to upgrade previous versions of the application to the latest version while maintaining important configuration data. The installer automatically migrates the following data to the new version:

• Number of device licenses purchased

• Backup data

• Device configurations

• Workflows

• PaperWare cover sheet publications (Professional Edition)

• Device scan template publications

• Custom document attribute profiles

• Destinations

• User and administrator preferences

• Credentials

• Service settings

• Job history data

Note: Template attribute settings that are set differently from a previous version of

SMARTsend, are not updated automatically when an upgrade is performed. Template attributes can be updated by using the Restore Tool to restore a previous backup, or by using the Repair option on the Manage Xerox Devices page.

Upgrade Eligibility

Some SMARTsend versions or upgrade combinations may not support automatic upgrades. The following guidelines apply to upgrades:

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

51

Install SMARTsend

.

• Trial Versions can only be upgraded when the Trial Version release number matches the current version release number.

• Professional Versions (trial or full license) cannot be upgraded to the basic version of SMARTsend.

A Professional Version can only be upgraded to another Professional Version.

• Basic Versions can be upgraded to the Professional Version.

Note: The SMARTsend Backup and Restore features provide an alternative method for migrating existing SMARTsend configuration data (including Trial versions of SMARTsend) to newer versions of SMARTsend. This method requires you to backup and uninstall the existing SMARTsend installation prior to installing a newer version. After completing these tasks, you can then use the Restore feature to migrate the backup data to the newly

installed version of SMARTsend. See Migrate SMARTsend to a Replacement Computer on page 62 for more information.

Note: Be sure to confirm that the required IIS and ASP.NET services are running after

SMARTsend has been installed and the computer has rebooted. See SMARTsend

Configuration Requirements on page 21 for more information.

52 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend

Install SMARTsend

Note: SMARTsend installation via Microsoft Windows Terminal Services (TS) or a Remote

Desktop Connection is not supported. Installation should only be performed from the computer console. The computer must be connected and properly configured on your network when you install the application software. To ensure your system is configured correctly, you should copy the SMARTsend ISO image locally or run the SMARTsend install from the CD.

Note: If you attempt to install SMARTsend from a network share (for example, if you are running Microsoft Virtual Server and create a share on the host computer), you will receive a popup error with the heading ’SetDirAccess.exe - Common Runtime Language Debugging

Services’. If you click OK, the installation will complete successfully. However, the

SMARTsend directory tree may not have all the required directory permissions. If you have already installed and received this and other errors while running SMARTsend, please copy the ISO image locally or run the install again, and select the Repair option.

To install SMARTsend:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an administrator.

2.

At the SMARTsend computer, insert the SMARTsend CD into the CD-ROM drive.

3.

The CD should launch automatically. If it does not, click Start > Run and browse to the CD-ROM drive. Double-click the Launch.exe icon, which is located within the appropriate language folder.

4.

From the Language screen that displays, select the language in which the installer should run and click OK. The Welcome to the SMARTsend Installer Program window appears.

5.

Click the SMARTsend Installation link.

6.

The install wizard checks the system for the presence of required software components. If IIS is not present, the installation ends. If the .NET Framework 2.0 and other required components are not present, or there exists an earlier version than required, the installer loads them. After a successful check, the Installation Wizard screen appears. Click OK. Any required components not currently installed will now be installed. To continue, click Next.

Note: The popups that may appear while installing these applications, as well as SQL

Server 2005, are generated by the Microsoft components. Follow any directions they display.

7.

Read and accept the license agreement to continue the SMARTsend installation. Click Next.

8.

Select the language or languages (up to 11) in which you want to view SMARTsend when it is running from the browser. Click Next.

9.

The Ready to Install the Program screen displays. When all settings are correct, click Install. The installation will begin. Keep in mind that there may be a delay while various components are being installed in the background.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

53

Install SMARTsend

10. When the installation process has completed and the Install Wizard Complete screen displays, select Finish. The Welcome to the SMARTsend Configuration wizard screen displays.

11. From the Welcome to the SMARTsend Configuration screen, use the About button to view version information. Use the Summary button to learn of the installation status and progress. Click Next.

12. Obtain the SMARTsend serial number from the product packaging and type the serial number in both fields of the installer dialog. Click Next.

13. From the SQL Server Setup screen, you must indicate whether the required SQL Server 2005 software component is currently installed or you want SMARTsend to install it.

If the SQL Server 2005 software has not been installed previously, select the Install SQL Server

2005 Express Now and click Next. The system automatically selects the values for the server and instance from the configuration setup. Enter and confirm the SQL database password for the

SMARTsend database administration and click Next. The configuration database status window displays. If there are no errors, select Next. The system will install SQL Express.

If the SQL Server 2005 software was preinstalled, select Microsoft SQL Server 2005 is already

installed and select Next. The SQL server settings for the database server display. Enter the server host name, IP address, or (local) for the Server. Enter the name of the SQL install in the Instance field or leave blank (default). Click Next. SMARTsend looks for the database to which to connect.

Click Next.

Note: This password is for SMARTsend’s internal use in database management. You must enter this password here and cannot update it within the application. The application will not request this password.

14. The Administrator customer settings window displays. Enter the SMARTsend administrator’s contact information.

Note: See

Update Administrator Contact Information on page 99 for more information

about the administrator and ‘Reply To’ address configuration settings.

Enter the SMTP server fully-qualified DNS name and the ‘Reply To’ e-mail address that

SMARTsend will use to send reports and status messages to administrators and users.

If using an LDAP server for e-mail address lookup, enter that server’s fully qualified DNS name or

IP Address here.

Choose the initial security setting for SMARTsend. A security certificate is required for secure password entry. After selecting the Require HTTP for Passwords checkbox, click Next.

15. The Configuration Completed Successfully window displays.

If you are installing SMARTsend as a new install, select Finish. Select the Start menu and [Xerox:

SMARTsend] to run the application.

Note: Be sure to confirm that the required IIS and ASP.NET services are running after

SMARTsend has been installed. See SMARTsend Configuration Requirements on page

21 for more information.

54 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend

If you are upgrading, select the Upon Finish checkbox to restore data from the previous

SMARTsend version. Click Finish. The Welcome to the SMARTsend Restore Tool screen displays.

Click Next. The Restore Point screen displays and lists the backup folder of previous SMARTsend versions. Select the Restore Point button and click Next. A screen displays indicating that the system located the backup directory. Click Next. The system checks if IIS is running and any jobs are processing. Follow the onscreen instructions and click Next. To begin importing the old data into the new SMARTsend database, leave all checkboxes selected and click Start. A successfully restored message displays. Click Finish and select the Start menu and Xerox: SMARTsend to run the application.

16. Various site configuration tasks are required to prepare SMARTsend for use at your location. Follow

the setup tasks in Chapter 4, Site Configuration

, to complete the installation process. If you have

optional components, you can install them after SMARTsend has been installed. See Installing and

Configuring Optional Components on page 56 for additional information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

55

Install SMARTsend

Installing and Configuring Optional

Components

Optional components, such as the Documentum, Hummingbird, Interwoven WorkSite, TRIM and

LiveLink services, can be purchased from Xerox and installed with a licensed Standard or Professional

Edition of SMARTsend. Please check the instructions that are provided with each optional component to confirm their requirements.

Note: A licensed version of SMARTsend must be properly installed before you can install any optional components.

Configuration Requirements for Optional Components

Some SMARTsend optional components have additional configuration requirements that must be addressed before they can be used. The current requirements for the Documentum, Hummingbird,

Interwoven WorkSite, LiveLink, and TRIM optional components are provided below..

Note: Some optional components require the installation and configuration of additional client software before the optional component is installed. Please review and fulfill these requirements before you install an optional component.

Documentum Configuration Requirements

The following configuration requirements must be addressed to prepare the Documentum service for use with SMARTsend Standard or Professional Editions:

1.

Documentum Content Server version 5.2.5 must be properly installed, configured, and functional.

2.

The Documentum Desktop version 5.3 client must be installed on the SMARTsend computer before the Documentum option can be added to SMARTsend.

3.

You may need to perform additional configuration steps to prepare the Documentum client for use.

Note: Please consult the install media and documentation provided with your

Documentum product for client installation and configuration instructions.

4.

Test the Documentum configuration from the SMARTsend computer by using the client to access an existing Documentum Docbase/Cabinet.

5.

Follow the Installation Instructions for Optional Components (Standard or Professional Edition feature) on page 60 to install the Documentum optional component.

56 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend

6.

After the Documentum client and the optional component are both installed on the SMARTsend computer, you will need to make some configuration changes on the SMARTsend computer.

For Windows XP Professional, Windows Vista and Windows 2003 Server: a.

Edit file c:\windows\dmcl.ini

b.

Add Entry local_path to [DMAPI_CONFIGURATION]: c.

DMAPI_CONFIGURATION]

local_path = C:\Documentum\dmcl d.

For both Windows XP Professional and Windows 2003 installations, the Users group must be assigned Full Control access to the c:\Documentum folder (and children). Do this by:

• On the SMARTsend computer, browse to the c:\Documentum folder.

• Right-click and select Properties.

• At the Documentum Properties dialog, select the Security Tab.

• Ensure that the Users group has been added and the Full Control access has been assigned.

For Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server: a.

Edit file c:\winnt\dmcl.ini

b.

Add Entry local_path to [DMAPI_CONFIGURATION]: c.

DMAPI_CONFIGURATION]

local_path = C:\Documentum\dmcl d.

Double check to make sure that the c:\documentum directory has "Everyone" set to have full control (This is the default when Documentum client is installed). Do this by:

• On the SMARTsend computer, browse to the c:\Documentum folder.

• Right-click and select Properties.

• At the Documentum Properties dialog, select the Security Tab.

• Ensure that the Everyone group has Full Control access.

Hummingbird Configuration Requirements

The following configuration requirements must be addressed to prepare the Hummingbird DM service for use with SMARTsend Standard or Professional Editions:

1.

Hummingbird DM server version 5.1.0.5 must be properly installed, configured, and functional.

2.

The Hummingbird DM version 5.1.0.5 client must be installed on the SMARTsend computer before the Hummingbird option can be added to SMARTsend. When installing the Hummingbird DM client on the SMARTsend computer, you must select the DM Internet Mode optional component.

After installing the client, restart the computer if prompted to do so.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

57

Install SMARTsend

3.

Once the client is installed on the SMARTsend computer, the DM WebTop Connection Mode must be set to Intranet, and the desired DM server must be specified using the DM Connection Wizard.

Note: Because of the limitation imposed by the Hummingbird client, SMARTsend will be able to use only one Hummingbird server at a time.

Note: Please consult the install media and documentation provided with your

Hummingbird product for client installation and configuration instructions.

4.

Test the Hummingbird configuration from the SMARTsend computer by using the client to access an existing Hummingbird Library/Folder.

Note: To enable the installation of the Hummingbird optional destination on a Windows

2000 Server/Advanced Server, you must grant the ASPNET account the ‘Act as part of the operating system’ privilege through the local security policy editor. To do this click

Start > Programs > Administrative Tools > Local Security Policy. Expand Local Policies and double-click User Rights Assignment. Add the ASPNET account to the list of accounts that have rights to ‘Act as part of the operating system.’

5.

Follow the Installation Instructions for Optional Components (Standard or Professional Edition feature) on page 60 to install the Hummingbird service. After installing the Hummingbird service,

continue with the next step (below) to configure the Hummingbird optional component.

6.

Perform the following steps to configure the Hummingbird service: a.

Launch SMARTsend and log in as an administrator to access the Administration Home Page.

b.

Click the Configure Service Settings link in the lower section of the Site Configuration panel. c.

Click on the Hummingbird link.

d.

Enter the User Name, Password, and Domain Name for a Windows user account that is configured on the Hummingbird server. The SMARTsend computer requires a valid user account to access the Hummingbird server.

Note: When the Hummingbird server and the SMARTsend computer are in different domains (without a trust relationship), and you are configuring the Hummingbird service, you must enter the User Name and Password for a Windows user account that exists both on the Hummingbird server and the SMARTsend computer. If the Hummingbird server and the SMARTsend computer are in the same domain or trusted domain, then a domain account User Name and Password may be entered.

Note: The Windows account used when configuring the Hummingbird service must be granted the ‘Log on locally’ privilege through the local security policy editor on the

Hummingbird server. For example: to do this on a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server: click Start > Programs > Administrative Tools > Local Security Policy. Expand Local Policies and double-click User Rights Assignment. Add the Windows account being used to the list of accounts that have rights to ‘Log on locally.’

58 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend e.

Click Apply to save any changes. See Configure Service Settings on page 93 for additional

information.

Interwoven WorkSite Configuration Requirements

The following configuration requirements must be addressed to prepare the Interwoven WorkSite service for use with SMARTsend Standard or Professional Editions:

1.

Interwoven WorkSite server version 8.0 must be properly installed, configured, and functional.

2.

The Interwoven WorkSite version 8.0 client must be installed on the SMARTsend computer before the Interwoven WorkSite option can be added to SMARTsend. After installing the client, restart the computer if prompted to do so.

Note: Please consult the install media and documentation provided with your

Interwoven WorkSite product for client installation and configuration instructions.

3.

Test the Interwoven configuration from the SMARTsend computer by using the client to access an existing Interwoven WorkSite server/database.

4.

Follow the Installation Instructions for Optional Components (Standard or Professional Edition feature) on page 60 to install the Interwoven WorkSite optional component.

LiveLink Configuration Requirements

The following configuration requirements must be addressed to prepare the LiveLink service for use with SMARTsend Standard or Professional Editions:

1.

LiveLink version 9.5.0 must be properly installed, configured, and functional.

2.

Install the Open Text LiveLink SDK version 9.5.0.1, and all of its prerequisites, on the SMARTsend computer before installing the LiveLink optional component. When asked if you would like to add the LAPI bin directory to your system path, click yes.

3.

Install the proper Microsoft Visual J# .NET distribution for your version of the .NET Framework.

4.

Follow the Installation Instructions for Optional Components (Standard or Professional Edition feature) on page 60 to install the LiveLink service.

TRIM Configuration Requirements

The following configuration requirements must be addressed to prepare the TRIM Context Server service for use with SMARTsend Standard or Professional Editions:

1.

TRIM Context Server version 6.0 must be properly installed, configured, and functional.

2.

TRIM User account should have Access & Launch and Activation permissions.

3.

TRIM User account that will be used by SMARTsend must be in the domain which has been configured during the TRIM Context Server installation.

4.

TRIM Context Server is up and running in the network. User can create new datasets using the

Trim Enterprise manager.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

59

Install SMARTsend

5.

TRIM Connectivity toolkit is installed on the TRIM server. and connectivity between TRIM Server and Client is established.

6.

The user must have Administration privilege in the host machine.

7.

TRIM metadata fields are added in the database.

8.

The TRIM adaptor must be installed on the SMARTsend computer before the TRIM option can be added to SMARTsend. Use the Installation Instructions for Optional Components on the following page to install the TRIM optional component. After installing the client, restart the computer if prompted to do so. After installation, perform the following steps to configure the TRIM service: a.

Launch SMARTsend and log in as an administrator to access the Administration Home Page.

b.

From the SMARTsend home page, select the Add a New Credential link. On the Account

Settings window that displays enter TRIM for Account Type, enter the name of the account, enter the server name, enter the virtual directory name (the virtual directory is configured within Microsoft IIS 6 and is where the TRIM Connectivity Toolkit binaries resides. The default name of virtual directory is TrimCT2), enter the user name and password (the user must belong to the domain group on which TRIM Context Services is running. This is the same user name and password that was configured in the TRIM Configuration Requirements listed above). Select OK. c.

Once the credential has been established, create a SMARTsend workflow. Refer to the User

Guide for help in creating workflows.

Installation Instructions for Optional Components

(Standard or Professional Edition feature)

Note: Some optional components require the installation and configuration of additional client software before the optional component is installed. Please review

Configuration

Requirements for Optional Components on page 56 before you perform the following

installation procedure.

To install SMARTsend Optional Destinations:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an administrator.

2.

At the SMARTsend computer, insert the CD for the SMARTsend

TM

CD-ROM drive.

Optional Destinations into the

3.

Browse the CD-ROM drive using Windows Explorer. Open the folder for the destination you want to install.

4.

Double-click the Setup.exe icon.

5.

Select the language in which the installer should run and click OK.

6.

Click Next > at the installer Welcome page.

7.

Read and accept the license agreement. Click Next.

8.

Click Install to begin the installation.

9.

Click Finish on the confirmation screen. If prompted to restart the computer, click Yes.

60 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend

10. See Configuration Requirements for Optional Components on page 56 for additional

configuration requirements and instructions that pertain to each component.

For additional product support information, access the Readme files available on the

SMARTsend

TM

Optional Destinations CD. The Readme files are located within the Readme folders for each optional destination. Readme files are provided for all supported languages, and can be identified by the two letter language abbreviation that is included in the file name. For example, the path and file name for the English Documentum Readme file is as follows:

\Documentum\Readme\Readme_en.txt

11. Test each optional component in SMARTsend by creating a workflow for each newly-added destination.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

61

Install SMARTsend

Migrate SMARTsend to a Replacement

Computer

Existing SMARTsend configurations can be migrated to a replacement computer without recreating existing workflows, user preferences, device configurations, and general settings. This applies when migrating with the same version of SMARTsend, or when upgrading to a newer version of SMARTsend.

Note: Security Identifiers (SIDs) are required to identify SMARTsend users. Changing the domain of a computer will change the SIDs. Therefore, the replacement computer must be in a Windows NT/Active Directory domain where the domains of the current SMARTsend users are trusted.

To migrate an existing SMARTsend configuration to a replacement computer:

1.

On the current/original computer, launch SMARTsend using administrator credentials.

2.

Open the Administration Home Page.

3.

Locate the Backup Status pane and click the Backup Now button. SMARTsend creates a backup file in the following default location:

<drive>:\Inetpub\wwwroot\SMARTsend\Data\Backup\. See

Backup Status on page 119 for more information.

4.

Copy the backup folder from the original computer to your desired location on the replacement computer.

5.

Install SMARTsend on the replacement computer. Follow the instructions in the SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide.

6.

After a successful install, launch the Restore Tool on the replacement computer. See Restore Tool on page 184 for more information.

7.

Choose the Backup Directory Path option, then browse to the location of the backup folder that you copied from the original computer.

8.

After a successful restore, launch SMARTsend on the replacement computer.

9.

Confirm that all workflows, user preferences, device configurations, and general settings have been restored.

Note: SMARTsend user credentials are not restored. Users will need to re-enter credentials for each supported service/destination type before they can execute workflows on the replacement computer. Refer users to the Manage My Credentials link on the User Home

Page to update their credentials.

62 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Install SMARTsend

Repair a SMARTsend Installation

Skip this section if you are currently performing an installation.

The SMARTsend installer provides an option to repair an existing SMARTsend installation. This feature reinstalls any missing or corrupt files, registry keys, and shortcuts used by SMARTsend. In addition, some registry settings for SMARTsend preferences may be reset to the default values. This repair option does not repair SMARTsend device configuration or device scan templates.

To repair an existing SMARTsend installation:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an administrator.

2.

Open the Windows Control Panel and select Add/Remove Programs.

3.

Select SMARTsend, then select Change/Remove.

4.

Select Repair on the Application Maintenance Page, then click Next.

5.

Click Next on the Ready to Repair the Application page.

6.

Follow the directions provided by the installer to complete the repair.

7.

The Maintenance Complete screen displays. Click Finish.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

63

Install SMARTsend

Uninstall SMARTsend

Skip this section if you are currently performing an installation.

The SMARTsend uninstall program removes the SMARTsend application and database files, including workflows, publications, device information, and user data (such as e-mail addresses and credentials).

It does not remove Microsoft applications that were installed with the application, such as the .NET

Framework, MDAC and SQL 2005. If any SMARTsend optional components (i.e. Documentum,

Hummingbird, etc.) were installed on the SMARTsend computer, they will automatically be removed when SMARTsend is uninstalled.

CAUTION: Xerox recommends backing up the SMARTsend database before uninstalling the

application. See Schedule a Backup on page 91 for more information.

Note: If you plan to reinstall SMARTsend, uninstall IIS first and then .NET Framework before uninstalling SMARTsend. When reinstalling, follow the same install sequence: IIS first, then .NET

Framework and finally SMARTsend.

To uninstall SMARTsend:

1.

If SMARTsend is installed on a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server:

Click Start > Settings > Control Panel > Add/Remove Programs (in Vista, Programs and

Features).

- OR -

If SMARTsend is installed on a computer running Windows Server 2003, Windows XP Professional, or Windows Vista:

Click Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.

2.

Select SMARTsend.

3.

Click Change/Remove. In Vista, select Uninstall/Change. The Application Maintenance window appears.

4.

Click Remove, then select Next. The Confirmation Remove window appears.

5.

To continue uninstalling SMARTsend, select Yes. SMARTsend uninstalls any optional SMARTsend components along with the application.

6.

Click Finish to exit the wizard.

64 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

4

This chapter describes the primary steps that the SMARTsend administrator performs to configure

SMARTsend for use. These steps are based on the Site Configuration panel on the Administration

Home Page. Please consult the SMARTsend User Guide for information pertaining to the User Home

Page and any workflow creation and publishing features.

What is in this chapter:

Accessing SMARTsend on page 66

Administration Home Page on page 67

Site Configuration on page 68

Review Security Settings on page 69

Add/Update Xerox Devices on page 71

Manage Xerox Devices on page 71

Adding and Discovering Devices on page 72

Configuring a Device for use with SMARTsend on page 76

Configure Discovery Settings - Subnets on page 79

Configure Discovery Settings - SNMP Credentials on page 79

Edit Device Configuration Defaults on page 80

Manually Configure This Device on page 83

Configure PaperWare Internet Fax Settings on page 86

Setup E-mail and Address Book on page 87

Publish the My E-mail Workflow on page 90

Schedule a Backup on page 91

Configure Service Settings on page 93

Manage Application Account on page 98

General Settings on page 99

Next Steps on page 106

Appendix A - Job Log Export Support on page 107

Appendix B - External Application Connection on page 108

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

65

Site Configuration

Accessing SMARTsend

SMARTsend can be accessed from any client browser that has access to the SMARTsend computer, or from the SMARTsend computer itself. When an administrator account is used to log in to the

SMARTsend computer, the Administration Home Page appears. When a user account is used to log in to the SMARTsend computer, the User Home Page appears.

Note: Disable pop-up blockers before using SMARTsend.

To access the Administration Home Page:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an Administrator, then click Start > Programs (All

Programs) > Xerox > SMARTsend > SMARTsend.

- OR -

Launch your web browser from any computer and go to the SMARTsend home page located at

http://<computername or IP address>/SMARTsend. Enter your SMARTsend administrative account credentials.

Note:

See Chapter 7, Problem Solving

for additional information if SMARTsend cannot be accessed from a client workstation.

2.

The SMARTsend Welcome page displays by default. The Welcome page can be bypassed by selecting the option entitled Do not show this screen next time I access SMARTsend.

3.

From the Welcome page, select Click here to enter SMARTsend.

4.

The Administration Home Page appears. Keep in mind that some SMARTsend options and buttons that are located at the bottom of the pages may not be visible on all displays. Use the scroll bar on the right side of the window to scroll to the bottom of the pages as needed .

If you change the settings on a page, you will need to click the Apply button at the bottom of the page in order to save the changes on certain pages.

Note: A SMARTsend administrator can choose to start SMARTsend from either the User

Site Home Page or the Administration Home Page. Administrators who spend most of their time creating and editing workflows, for example, may prefer to start on the User

Site Home Page. The My Home Page panel on the lower right section of the

Administration Home Page enables you to choose the default startup page.

66 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Administration Home Page

The Administration Home Page is used by administrators to configure and manage the SMARTsend site. This page provides site configuration options and status information on the left side of the page, and site management links and information on the right side of the page.

Navigation Path Status Message Area User/Administration Site Link Computer/User Name

Scroll down to view more options...

Site Management Options Site Configuration Options

Figure 4-1: Administration Home Page (top section)

Navigation Path—This area lists the current page and the pages that were used to access the current page. For example, Home >> Manage Xerox Devices >> Add Devices is displayed when viewing the Add/Update Xerox Devices page. Keep in mind that the text provides links to each page. Simply click on the links to access any of the SMARTsend pages in the path.

Status Message Area—The messages displayed by SMARTsend will change based on the current operational status of the application.

User/Administrator Site Link—This link is only available to SMARTsend administrators. It enables the administrator to switch back and forth from the Administration Home Page and the User

Home Page.

Computer/User Name—Displays the SMARTsend computer name and the account name for the user/administrator who is currently logged in.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

67

Site Configuration

Site Configuration

The Site Configuration panel of the Administration Home Page lists the key tasks that are needed for proper site configuration. Some of the tasks are mandatory requirements, while others are optional or recommended configuration tasks that the administrator should perform to fully address all aspects of site configuration. The SMARTsend administrator should configure and test all critical site configuration settings to ensure that the site is fully operational for end users. Details for each Site

Configuration option are provided in the following pages.

Note: Keep in mind that SMARTsend site configuration may fail if the prerequisite computer, client, and device configuration tasks have not been performed before using

SMARTsend. If you have not done so already, please refer to Chapter 2, Prepare for

Installation , to perform these critical configuration tasks.

Status Icons

The Site Configuration area of the Administration Home Page displays various status messages and icons to help make you aware of configuration problems and to confirm that SMARTsend is properly configured for use. The following icons are used to indicate the current status of the key site configuration options:

Indicates that a critical setting must be configured before SMARTsend can be used. Check the message area in the Site Configuration panel for diagnostic information.

Indicates that a specific site configuration setting may not be configured or functional. Keep in mind that SMARTsend can be used when these icons are present, but certain optional or recommended features may not function.

Indicates that all SMARTsend administrative options have been configured and the site is ready for use.

Table 4-1: Status Icons

When no critical warning icons appear in the Site Configuration panel, you can continue with additional site configuration tasks (optional), or proceed to the User Home Page and begin testing or

using SMARTsend. See Next Steps on page 106 for more information.

Note: SMARTsend will not be operational until at least one Xerox Multifunction Device is

configured, or the PaperWare (Professional Edition feature) capabilities are configured. See

Add/Update Xerox Devices on page 71, or

Configure PaperWare Internet Fax Settings on page 86 for more information.

68 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Review Security Settings

The Review Security Settings link enables you to configure security options for SMARTsend password entry, device authentication, and PaperWare forms (Professional Edition feature). Please refer to

Chapter 9, SMARTsend Security for additional information.

General Site Security

The General Site Security policies pertain to the secure entry of account and password information.

The security policies selected here govern the transmission of this data between clients and the

SMARTsend computer. The transmission of account and password data to workflow destinations is governed by additional factors, such as the transfer protocols that the destination supports. See

Chapter 9, SMARTsend Security for additional information.

Enter passwords using a secure connection (default setting)—Use this policy if you are using

SSL for secure password entry. Xerox recommends this setting, because it provides for account name and password encryption as this information travels between clients and the SMARTsend computer. This option requires a security certificate, which should be obtained in advance. See

Chapter 2, Prepare for Installation

for more information about obtaining a security certificate.

Enter passwords over a non-secure connection—Use this policy if you are using unsecured password entry. With this option, passwords are transmitted between clients and the SMARTsend computer in clear text format.

Note: If secure password entry is enabled, SMARTsend encrypts the account name and password on its way from the client to the SMARTsend computer. However, when this data is transferred to the device over SNMP, it is transferred as clear text.

Device Scan Template Security

The Device Scan Template Security policies are used to configure the authentication settings for scan templates that have been published to Xerox Multifunction Devices. These authentication policies assume that SMARTsend is managing devices that support authentication, and that the devices have authentication enabled and properly configured to authenticate users from the same domain or trusted domain as the SMARTsend computer. These policies do not apply to PaperWare cover sheets

(See PaperWare Forms on page 70).

SMARTsend supports the following scan template security policies:

Require authentication at the device for all templates—Use this policy to require all

SMARTsend users to enter their credentials at the Xerox Multifunction Device when any public or private templates are used.

Require authentication at the device for private templates only (default setting)Use this policy to require workflow/template owners to enter their credentials at the Xerox Multifunction

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

69

Site Configuration

Device only when private templates are used. This setting permits public templates to be used without authentication.

Note: Devices that are capable of providing authentication are identified within

SMARTsend by a lock on the device icons that appear on the Manage Xerox Devices page. Please keep in mind that this icon does not confirm that authentication is currently configured and operational on the device. Please consult the documentation provided with your Xerox Multifunction Device for instructions on enabling and configuring authentication.

Keep in mind that all users can select a private template at the device and attempt to scan a job. The job will initially appear to begin processing, but will eventually fail if the credentials entered at the device do not match the credentials of the private workflow on the SMARTsend computer. Job failures due to insufficient authentication will be reported on the Job Confirmation report (if enabled), but there will be no indication of job failure at the device user interface.

See Security Policy Interactions on page 197 of Chapter 9, SMARTsend Security

for more information.

PaperWare Forms

Professional Edition Feature

The PaperWare Forms security policies are used to configure the authentication settings that apply to the use of PaperWare cover sheets. If the administrator has selected authentication, it is assumed that

SMARTsend is managing devices that are configured to authenticate users from the same domain or trusted domain as the SMARTsend computer.

Allow authentication with PaperWare forms only (default setting)Use this policy if the login name and password information on the PaperWare form are sufficient for authentication, or if the device on which the form is used does not support authentication. This setting would allow anyone in possession of a PaperWare cover sheet to use it on Internet Fax devices or devices that do not support authentication, even if the originating workflow from which the cover sheet was published were a private or Scan to My E-mail workflow.

Require PaperWare form and login at the device for authentication—Use this policy if users must supply login information both on the PaperWare cover sheet and at the device. When scanning devices support authentication, this setting restricts use of the PaperWare cover sheet derived from a public workflow to authorized device users, and to the workflow owner. If someone other than the private workflow owner scans a document when this policy is active, the job will initially appear to process at the device, but will eventually fail if the credentials entered at the device do not match the private workflow credentials on the SMARTsend computer. The failure will be reported on the Job Confirmation report (if enabled), but there will be no indication of job failure at the device user interface.

70 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Add/Update Xerox Devices

SMARTsend provides several features that enable you to identify and configure Xerox Multifunction

Devices for use with SMARTsend. Available devices can be identified with an automated device discovery process, or with the manual entry of device IP addresses or Host Names. Click the

Add/Update Xerox Devices link on the Administration Home Page to access these features.

CAUTION: During device configuration, SMARTsend overwrites the Default Repository and Template

Pool scan settings of a Xerox Multifunction Device. If you have existing applications that use the

Default Repository, reconfigure the device to use an Alternate Repository for those applications before configuring the device to use SMARTsend.

Manage Xerox Devices

The Manage Xerox Devices page is the focal point for discovering, adding, and configuring Xerox devices for use with SMARTsend. This page is accessible from the Administration Home Page by clicking the Add/Update Xerox Devices link in the Site Configuration panel, or by clicking the View Xerox

Devices link in the Manage Xerox Devices panel.

To view the scanning configuration, software version, location, status and other specific information about a device, simply click on the Hostname or IP Address of that device listed in the Xerox

Multifunction Devices area of this window. The device web UI displays with the device information.

Figure 4-2: Manage Xerox Devices Page

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

71

Site Configuration

Adding and Discovering Devices

When SMARTsend is first installed, you must configure it for use by adding one or more devices. This can be accomplished by using the automated device discovery features provided by SMARTsend, or by manually entering the individual IP Addresses or Host Names of the devices you want to use with

SMARTsend. Keep in mind that SMARTsend uses SNMP broadcast to discover Xerox Multifunction

Devices that are capable of supporting network scanning, and the discovery process may take considerable time on large networks with many devices. Therefore, manual entry of IP Addresses or

Host Names may be faster under some conditions.

CAUTION: SMARTsend discovery locates Xerox Multifunction Devices that are capable of supporting network scanning, but it does not confirm that each device is properly configured for network scanning.

To avoid problems, please confirm that each device to be used with SMARTsend is properly configured

before you add a device to SMARTsend. See Device Communication and Configuration Issues on page

160 for additional information.

The following options enable you to discover and configure devices for use with

SMARTsend:

Enter Host Names or IP Addresses (Add Devices panel)—This feature provides a direct method of adding specific devices to the Xerox Multifunction Devices list. Simply enter the Host Names or

IP addresses of the device and then click the Add To List button. To enter multiple devices, use a semicolon to separate each entry. This option may be preferable on larger networks where the automated discovery process can take a considerable amount of time.

Note: Devices that have been manually added to the Xerox Multifunction Devices list are never removed via automated cleanup. The user must explicitly delete the device in

order to remove it from the list. See Deleting Devices on page 77 for more information.

Discover Now (Add Devices panel)This feature provides an automated method of locating

Xerox Multifunction Devices that are capable of supporting network scanning. By default,

SMARTsend searches only in the local subnet. Any devices found during this discovery will be displayed in the Xerox Multifunction Devices list.

Note: Automated discovery is only initiated via the Discover Now button. When the

Discover Now button is clicked, devices that respond to the SNMP broadcast issued on the local subnet and any additional user subnets with the SNMP credentials entered on the Configure Discovery Settings - SNMP Credentials page are added or updated in the

Xerox Multifunction Devices list. Any device that was previously discovered automatically and has not been discovered within the last 24 hours will be removed from the list.

Note: If SNMP Broadcast is not enabled across routers, you will not be able to utilize the

SMARTsend Discover Now feature. See Device Communication and Configuration Issues on page 160 for more information.

72 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Configure Discovery Settings > Subnets (Device Tasks panel)—This feature enables you to add

additional subnets to the SMARTsend broadcast discovery. See Configure Discovery Settings -

Subnets on page 79 for more information.

Note: The subnet values displayed within SMARTsend are actually broadcast addresses.

Do not use the Discover Now option if your network security policies do not permit

SNMP broadcast discovery. In addition, if scanning devices are located on a different

subnet, DNS must be properly configured and functional. See Verifying the SMARTsend

Computer DNS Configuration on page 24 for more information.

Configure Discovery Settings > SNMP Credentials (Device Tasks panel)—This feature enables

you add additional SNMP credentials to the SMARTsend broadcast discovery. See Configure

Discovery Settings - SNMP Credentials on page 79 for more information.

Edit Device Configuration Defaults (Device Tasks panel)—This feature enables you configure the

defaults that SMARTsend uses for device configuration. See Edit Device Configuration Defaults on page 80 for more information.

Using the Xerox Multifunction Device List

The Manage Xerox Devices page provides options for sorting and viewing the list of Xerox

Multifunction Devices.

Sort

Click on the column headings to sort the list according to the data in the selected column.

Display

The display feature sets the number of devices that will be displayed in the list at one time.

Paging

When multiple pages of devices are available in the Xerox Multifunction Devices list, the page feature enables you to select the individual pages to be displayed.

You can use the navigation arrows to step forward or backward through each page in the list. You can also jump directly to the first or last page in the list by using the or arrows.

Show/Hide Columns

The show/hide columns feature provides options for customizing the device configuration fields that are displayed on the Manage Xerox Devices page. These options are useful when devices are

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

73

Site Configuration configured with different SNMP settings, or to simply provide more information to help you manage devices from a single page.

The show/hide columns link enables you to configure the following display options:

• IP Address

• SNMP Version

• SNMP v2c GET Community Name

• SNMP v2c SET Community Name

• SNMP v3 Username

• System Description

• Description

• Location

• Error Message

• Protocol

Note: If SNMP v3 is not enabled on the SMARTsend computer, the SNMP v3 Username option will not be available in this list.

When you open the show/hide columns dialog, you can select the fields that will be displayed on the

Manage Xerox Devices page. Simply deselect any fields that you do not want to display. Click the OK button when you are finished configuring the fields.

Device Configuration and Status Icons

A variety of icons are used on the Manage Xerox Devices page to indicate status and provide links to additional device configuration pages. The icons are described in the following table:

Available Devices—this icon appears next to Xerox devices that SMARTsend has discovered via SNMP Broadcast, as well as any devices that have been added to the list by typing the device Host Name or IP Address. These devices are ready to be configured for use with SMARTsend.

Configured Devices—these icons appear next to Xerox devices that are currently configured to work with SMARTsend. When the icon includes a lock symbol, it indicates that the device supports authentication. When the icon includes the tools symbol, it indicates that the device was configured manually.

Configuration and status information may be displayed in the list of Xerox

Multifunction Devices, and each device can be reconfigured as needed. You can determine if a device is currently configured properly by selecting the check box for a device, then clicking the Test Configuration button located beneath the list.

Table 4-2: Device Configuration and Status Icons

74 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Unavailable Devices—this icon appears next to devices that have previously been configured for use with SMARTsend, but have become unavailable for use due to a device configuration problem. These devices will not function with

SMARTsend unless their configuration is repaired or the device is manually

reconfigured to work with SMARTsend. See Device Communication and

Configuration Issues on page 160 for more information.

Device Properties—click this icon to open the Edit Xerox Device Properties page,

which enables you to view and edit the device configuration settings. See Edit

Xerox Device Properties on page 83 for additional information.

Configure—click this icon when you have selected a Xerox device that you want to configure for use with SMARTsend. If the configuration fails, the status will be updated and troubleshooting information will be displayed in the Error Message column.

Test Configuration—click this icon to determine if a Xerox device is properly configured for use with SMARTsend. The test will check the device configuration settings that are utilized by SMARTsend, and the test results for each device will

be displayed in a separate window. See Test Device Configuration on page 161

for additional information.

Repair—click the Repair icon to correct configuration problems with a device that is no longer functioning properly with SMARTsend. SMARTsend will attempt

to reconfigure the required settings, and will update the status accordingly. See

Repairing a Device Configuration on page 118 for additional information.

Delete—click the Delete icon when you want to remove a Xerox device from the list on the Manage Xerox Devices page.

NOTE: When you delete a configured device, the published scan templates associated with the device will be deleted. Workflows associated with the publications will not be deleted.

Error Message/Troubleshooting Information—when SMARTsend detects a device configuration issue, additional information will be displayed in the Error

Message column. If more detailed diagnostic and troubleshooting information is available, you can click the icon to investigate the problem and take corrective action.

Table 4-2: Device Configuration and Status Icons

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

75

Site Configuration

Configuring a Device for use with SMARTsend

After devices have been discovered and added to the Xerox Multifunction Devices list on the Manage

Xerox Devices page, they can be selected and configured for use with SMARTsend. Simply click the checkboxes to select or deselect individual devices, then click the Configure button to configure the selected device(s).

Note: Some SMARTsend options and buttons located at the bottom of the page may not be visible on all displays. Use the scroll bar on the right side of the window to scroll to the bottom of the page.

To configure a device for use with SMARTsend:

1.

From the Administration Home Page, click the Add/Update Xerox Devices link within the Site

Configuration panel on the left side of the page.

2.

If needed, populate the Xerox Multifunction Devices list by clicking the Discover Now button, or by entering individual device Host Names or IP Addresses manually and clicking the Add To List

button. See Adding and Discovering Devices on page 72 for more information.

3.

Identify the device(s) you would like to configure for use with SMARTsend by selecting the check box to the left of each device Host Name or IP Address. If needed, click the Device Properties icon

to configure the SNMP and Data Transfer Settings for the device. See Configuring a Device for use with SMARTsend on page 76 for more information.

4.

Click the Configure button that is located below the Xerox Multifunction Devices list.

Note: If an error is encountered when using SMARTsend to configure a device,

SMARTsend will attempt to rollback the device scan settings to the previous values. This rollback feature does not work if the device had been configured for NetWare scanning.

5.

The Confirm Device Accounts dialog will be displayed if this is the first device being configured. It will also be displayed if the previous device accounts have been deleted from the computer. Click

OK to create the specified accounts, or click Cancel if you prefer to create and manage your own

device accounts. See Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts

on page 29 and Manage

Device Accounts on page 78 for additional information.

Note: You may be prompted to enter your SMARTsend computer credentials when you add a device. You must use the same credentials you used to log into SMARTsend. If you supply different credentials, you may need to clear your browser cache before you can proceed.

76 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

6.

SMARTsend will update the network scanning settings on the device to reflect the new computer, account, and default path. Once device configuration is complete, SMARTsend displays the Xerox

Device Configuration status window, which reports the success or failure of the operation. The status window also confirms the transfer protocol and SNMP version that will be used for filing, and will provide additional diagnostic information if one or more devices could not be configured by SMARTsend. Click OK to return to the Manage Xerox Devices page.

7.

Devices that have been successfully configured will display the Configured Devices icon within the Xerox Multifunction devices list.

8.

If a device configuration fails due to a temporary communication error, you may attempt to

reconfigure the device again. See Device Communication and Configuration Issues on page 160

for more information.

9.

If a device cannot be configured using the above procedures, a manual configuration may be

required. See Manually Configure This Device on page 83 for more information.

Deleting Devices

This option deletes any device that is selected on the Manage Xerox Devices page. When a device is deleted, any Device Scan Templates that have been published to the device are also deleted.

Workflows are not affected by this operation.

To delete a device from the Xerox Multifunction Devices list:

1.

From the Administration Home Page, click the View Xerox Devices link.

2.

Identify the device(s) you would like to delete by selecting the check box to the left of each device

Host Name or IP Address.

3.

Click the Delete icon located in the column on the right to delete an individual device, or the

Delete button that is located below the list if you need to delete several devices.

4.

The Confirm Delete Device(s) dialog appears. Click OK.

5.

The Delete Device(s) Status page appears. Click OK to return to the Manage Xerox Devices page.

The deleted device(s) will be removed from the Xerox Multifunction Devices list.

Note: Keep in mind that the publications associated with a device will also be deleted, if the publications do not reside on any other device(s).

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

77

Site Configuration

Manage Device Accounts

The Manage Device Accounts page displays the Local User accounts that SMARTsend creates automatically for each data transfer protocol that is selected on the Edit Device Configuration Defaults page. These accounts enable Xerox devices to communicate with the SMARTsend computer. The following accounts are created by default:

• FF_SMARTSEND_FTP

• FF_SMARTSEND_SMB

• FF_SMARTSEND_HTTP

• FF_SMARTSEND_HTTPS

SMARTsend creates separate accounts for each protocol due to security reasons. For example, FTP uses clear text to transmit passwords and other data, which makes it less secure than the SMB and HTTPS protocols.

Note: Earlier versions of SMARTsend did not create device accounts automatically. With

SMARTsend 2.0 and later, local user device accounts are automatically created on the

SMARTsend computer for each supported protocol.

Confirm Device Accounts

The Confirm Device Accounts dialog will be displayed before accounts are actually created on the

SMARTsend computer. This dialog provides the opportunity to cancel the account creation process if

you prefer to create the device accounts manually. See Manage Your Own Device Accounts

below for additional information.

This dialog also appears during the process of configuring or repairing a device if the device accounts have been manually deleted from the SMARTsend computer. If this occurs, SMARTsend will recreate the accounts.

Manage Your Own Device Accounts

The Manage your own device accounts option enables you to create or modify device accounts manually using Microsoft Management Console (MMC). This option may be preferred for security reasons or for compliance with other network administration policies.

You may choose to create new accounts using MMC, or re-use the SMARTsend device accounts if they have already been created. If you create or modify any device account with MMC, then you must change the SMARTsend device account settings on the Manage Device Account Credentials page to match the account credentials on the SMARTsend computer. You must then click OK or Apply to save the changes and reconfigure the devices with the new device account credentials.

Note: Devices that have been configured manually will continue to use the device account

that was used during manual configuration. See Manually Configure This Device on page

83 for additional information.

78 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Consider the following recommendations if you choose to manage device accounts manually:

• Local User accounts are recommended for this purpose, and each account should be removed from the Users Group to provide additional security.

• Domain accounts may be used in many cases, but they may not be supported on some older

Xerox devices.

• Administrator accounts should not be used for Device Accounts.

• If security issues are not a concern, you can use a single account for all protocols.

• A Username and Password are required for all accounts.

• If any device account is changed using Microsoft Management Console, the corresponding change must be made in SMARTsend on the Manage Device Account Credentials page.

• If any device account is changed within SMARTsend, the corresponding change must be made on the SMARTsend computer using Microsoft Management Console.

See Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts on page 29 for more information.

Configure Discovery Settings - Subnets

The Configure Discovery Settings - Subnets page enables you to add additional subnets to the

SMARTsend broadcast discovery configuration.

Adding a Subnet

1.

From the Manage Xerox Devices page, click the Configure Discovery Settings... > Subnets link.

2.

Enter a valid IP Address for the target subnet and the corresponding Subnet Mask.

3.

Click Add. SMARTsend will calculate the corresponding Broadcast Address for the subnet and add it to the list of Subnet Broadcast Addresses.

The Subnet Broadcast Addresses in the list will be searched whenever the Discover Now feature is used.

Deleting a Subnet

1.

Click on the item in the Subnet Broadcast Addresses list.

2.

Click Remove.

Configure Discovery Settings - SNMP Credentials

The Configure Discovery Settings - SNMP Credentials page enables you to enter additional SNMP credentials that SMARTsend will use for device discovery when you click the Discover Now button.

Additional SNMP credentials should be added if your Xerox devices have been configured with nondefault SNMP credentials. The SNMP credentials in SMARTsend must match the SNMP credentials on the device(s) you want to discover with SMARTsend. When devices are discovered with these credentials, SMARTsend will automatically configure the device with the appropriate SNMP settings.

From the Manage Xerox Devices page, click the Configure Discovery Settings... SNMP Credentials link to configure the following SNMP settings:

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

79

Site Configuration

SNMP v2c—enables you to enter additional GET community names. Enter each name in the GET

Community Name field, then click the Add button. To delete an existing Community Name, simply select the box next to the name, then click the Remove button located beneath the list.

SNMP v3—enables you to enter additional SNMP v3 account credentials. Enter each Username in the

Username field, along with the corresponding Authentication and Privacy passwords, and then click the Add button. To delete an existing account, simply select the box next to the account name, then click the Remove button located beneath the list.

Note: The SNMP v3 options are not displayed if SNMP v3 is not enabled within SMARTsend.

From the Administration Home Page, click Device Configuration Defaults... under the

Manage Xerox Devices section. See Edit Device Configuration Defaults on page 80 for

additional information.

Edit Device Configuration Defaults

The Device Configuration Defaults enable you to customize and prioritize the settings SMARTsend will use when configuring devices. To access this page, open the Manage Xerox Devices page and click the

Edit Device Configuration Defaults... link in the left panel.

Note: Changing these settings will not affect devices that have already been configured.

If necessary, these settings can be changed for each individual device by editing the device properties.

Device properties can be accessed from the Manage Xerox Devices page by clicking on the Device

Properties icon .

Data Transfer Protocols

The Data Transfer Protocol options define the protocols that can be used to transmit data between the

SMARTsend computer and the Xerox Multifunction Devices. The supported protocols must be enabled within SMARTsend in order for them to be utilized when configuring devices.

Note: If you are allowing SMARTsend to manage the device accounts that will be used for filing, an account will be created on the SMARTsend computer for each selected protocol.

Tip: Confirm that the ports required for each supported protocol are not blocked by filtering at a

switch, router, or firewall. See TCP/IP Port Configuration on page 42 for additional information.

80 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Enabled

The Enabled selection box lists the protocols that SMARTsend supports. Check the boxes to enable protocols that are supported by your Xerox Multifunction Devices and your application computer:

FTP—Use for faster data transfer and compatibility with all devices. The FTP filing protocol is the default setting. Keep in mind that the IIS FTP service must be enabled and running on the

SMARTsend computer if FTP filing is used. See Install and Configure IIS / FTP on page 26.

SMB—Use for more secure data transfer. If SMB is selected when SMB is not supported (or configured) on the device, then an alternate protocol will be used, as defined by the Priority setting (see below).

HTTP—Use for faster data transfer. This protocol may not be supported on older devices.

HTTPS—Use for more secure data transfer. This protocol may not be supported on older devices.

Note: If a device does not support SMB or HTTP or HTTPS, you must add FTP support to IIS on the SMARTsend computer. If FTP support has been added to IIS after SMARTsend was installed, run Add/Remove Programs, select SMARTsend, click

Change, and click Repair to update the application. See Install and Configure IIS /

FTP on page 26 of Chapter 2, Prepare for Installation .

Priority

The Priority setting enables you to define your data transfer protocol configuration preferences.

SMARTsend will initially attempt to configure each device with the protocol at the top of the list. If the first protocol is not available, it will then attempt to use the second protocol in the list, and so on.

To define the Data Transfer Protocol priority, click on a protocol in the Priority list, and then click on the

Move Up and Move Down buttons to arrange each protocol in the desired sequence. Items at the top of the list will have the highest (first) priority.

Device Administrator Password

The Device Administrator Password is an optional security setting that affects device configuration.

Each Xerox device is configured with an administrative password that is intended to control access to advanced device configuration settings. By default, SMARTsend does not require this password when it configures devices. If this extra level of security is desired, the default setting can be changed to require validation of the Device Administrator Password whenever devices are configured.

Validate password upon device configuration—when selected, SMARTsend will validate the Device

Administrator Password whenever it attempts to configure a Xerox device.

Default Admin Password / Confirm Admin Password—when the validate password option is active, you must enter and confirm the Device Administrator Password in the corresponding fields. This is the password that is used for validation when a device is configured.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

81

Site Configuration

SNMP Settings

The default SNMP Settings enable you to configure how SMARTsend communicates with Xerox

Multifunction Devices during device discovery and configuration. Consider the following issues when adjusting the SNMP settings:

• SNMP v2c will be used for device discovery and configuration by default if SNMP v3 is not enabled.

• To use SNMP v3 for discovery and configuration, it must be enabled on the Edit Device

Configuration Defaults page and the device administrator must configure each device to support

SNMP v3.

• Devices that are manually added to the Xerox Multifunction Devices list (by entering a Host Name or IP address) will be configured using the default SNMP v2c Community Names or SNMP v3

Account Credentials (if supported).

• Devices that are automatically added to the Xerox Multifunction Devices list (using the Discover

Now feature) will be configured using the SNMP credentials obtained from the device upon discovery.

SNMP v2c Defaults

SNMP Community Names (GET/SET) are used when exchanging information with devices via SNMP v2c. The SNMP SET name is generally used to write or modify values on a device. The SNMP GET name is generally used to retrieve values from a device.

SMARTsend uses the SNMP Community Names for authentication during device discovery and configuration. Devices that are discovered by SMARTsend will use the GET name they were discovered with, and the default SET name for configuration. Devices that were added by manually entering their

IP Addresses or Host Names will use both the default GET and SET names. If the devices to be used with SMARTsend have GET and SET names other than the default values of "public" and "private," you must enter the appropriate default names within SMARTsend, or modify the SNMP Community Names for each device on a case-by-case basis using the device properties page.

Enable SNMP v3

Enabling SNMP v3 on the Edit Device Configuration Defaults page makes SNMP v3 the default protocol that SMARTsend will use for discovering and configuring devices. If SNMP v3 is not supported on a device, SMARTsend will revert to using SNMP v2c.

SNMP v3 Defaults

SNMP v3 requires an account that provides the credentials needed to establish communication between the Xerox Multifunction Device and the SMARTsend application. The default account configuration options for SMARTsend can be configured on the Edit Device Configuration Defaults page.

Account Type

This option enables you to select the default type of SNMP v3 account that SMARTsend will use. These settings must match the SNMP v3 account settings that are configured on the Xerox devices to be used with SMARTsend. The account configuration options will change based on the type of account you choose. The following options are available:

82 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Xerox Client Account (default)—provides the minimum device access required to support

SMARTsend device configuration and network scanning services. Use of this setting with the default account Username and Password is recommended.

Custom Account—provides a higher level of administrative security. The custom account settings must match the settings on the Xerox device, which can be configured using the device’s Internet

Services web pages to edit the SNMP v3 Administrator Account. Other custom accounts may also be configured on Xerox devices using third-party device management tools.

The following credentials must be configured when the SNMP v3 Custom Account setting is enabled:

Username—enter the Username that matches the Username on your Xerox devices.

Authentication and Privacy Passwords—enter the passwords that match the passwords on your Xerox devices.

Edit Xerox Device Properties

Click on the Device Properties icon to open the Edit Xerox Device Properties page. This icon provides access to the device properties that SMARTsend uses for communication, configuration, and data transfer. These settings include:

Selected Device—provides general information to help identify the device.

Manual Configuration—provides a means of manually configuring devices for use with SMARTsend.

See

Manually Configure This Device

below for more information.

Device Properties—provides access to the SNMP and Data Transfer Settings. The settings displayed in

these panels can be modified as needed. See SNMP Settings on page 82 for more information.

Click the Configure button at the bottom of the page to configure the selected device using the properties defined on this page. Click Cancel if you do not want to change these settings.

Manually Configure This Device

SMARTsend provides the option to configure devices manually using the Internet Services web pages that are available on Xerox Multifunction Devices. This option can be used if the SMARTsend

automatic configuration fails or is unavailable due to device limitations or SNMP constraints. See

Device Communication and Configuration Issues on page 160 for additional information.

To manually configure a Xerox device:

1.

Click Add/Update Xerox Devices on the Administration Home Page.

2.

If necessary, add the device to the Xerox Multifunction Devices list by using the Discover Now feature, or by typing the IP Address or Host Name and clicking the Add to List button.

3.

Locate the Xerox device on the Manage Xerox Devices page, then click the corresponding Device

Properties icon .

4.

Click the Manually configure this device check box in the Manual Configuration panel of the Edit

Xerox Device Properties page.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

83

Site Configuration

5.

Adjust the SMARTsend Data Transfer Settings, Device Capabilities, and Device Account settings as needed. See

Configuring Device Properties

below for additional information.

6.

Click the Configure button at the bottom of the Edit Xerox Device Properties page.

7.

Click OK on the Manual Device Configuration Status page.

8.

The Manual Device Configuration Instructions page will then display the scan settings that must be configured on the device. Click the View Device Web Page button to access the Internet

Services web pages for the device.

9.

From the device’s Internet Services home page, select Properties > Services > Network Scanning to configure the Default Repository and Properties > Services > Network Scanning > Advanced to configure the Template Pool settings on the device. These settings must match the SMARTsend settings that are displayed in the Manual Device Configuration Instructions page.

Note: For newer Xerox Multifunction Devices, SMARTsend requires that the Login

Credentials Source (labeled Login Credentials Access to the Destination on the device’s web embedded server's File Repository Setup page) be set to System. When manually configuring a newer Xerox Multifunction Device, please access the device’s embedded web server and confirm that the value is set to System. If you are not manually configuring a new Xerox Multifunction Device, SMARTsend will take care of this setting.

10. Close the Internet Services web page, then click OK on the Manual Device Configuration

Instructions page to complete the manual configuration process.

Configuring Device Properties

When the Manually configure this device option is selected, the options on this page change to accommodate the requirements of the manual device configuration process. This process requires adjustment of the following Device Properties:

Data Transfer Settings—enables you to choose the protocol that will be used to transfer data between the device and the SMARTsend computer. The protocol settings on the device and the

SMARTsend computer must be consistent and compatible. See Data Transfer Protocols on page 80 for

more information.

Device Capabilities (Limited/Full)—enables you to choose the scanning capabilities of the Xerox device you are attempting to configure. Choose the option that corresponds with the scanning capabilities that your Xerox device provides, as listed in the following table:

Scanning Attributes Limited Full

Template Name Length Limit

Authentication Support

PDF Filing Support

11 Characters

Not Supported

Not Supported

20 Characters

Supported

Supported

Table 4-3: Device Capabilities Settings for Manual Configurations

84 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Note: Please consult the documentation provided with your Xerox system to determine if these scanning attributes are supported. If the Device Capabilities settings in SMARTsend do not match the capabilities of the device, SMARTsend will not be able to properly restrict or permit the publishing of workflows with the correct attributes.

Assign SMARTsend Device Account—enables you to define the network account that the device will use to communicate with the SMARTsend computer. When manually configuring one or more devices, you should create a separate device account on the SMARTsend computer and enter the Username

here. See Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts on page 29 for additional information. If

the account password for the assigned SMARTsend account changes, you must return to this page and click the View Configuration Instructions button to update the account credentials for the device.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

85

Site Configuration

Configure PaperWare Internet Fax Settings

Professional Edition Feature

The Professional Edition of SMARTsend provide the ability to use PaperWare cover sheets with devices that support the Internet Fax protocol. PaperWare Internet Fax capabilities support a broader range of scanning devices, as well as many unique features that enhance the usability and versatility of

SMARTsend.

To access the PaperWare Internet Fax Settings on the PaperWare Settings page, click the Configure

PaperWare Internet Fax Settings link on the Administration Home Page.

Note: SMARTsend requires that a dedicated POP3 e-mail account be created for the

Internet Fax inbox on the incoming mail (POP3) server.

Server Information

Enter the fully qualified DNS names or IP Addresses of the Incoming Mail (POP3) and Outgoing Mail

(SMTP) servers that will be used by SMARTsend for Internet Fax support. These servers can be identical to the SMTP server that SMARTsend uses for scanning to e-mail.

Same as e-mail mail server (SMTP)—If the same SMTP server will be used for Internet Fax outgoing mail and SMARTsend e-mail features, then select this option to avoid re-entering the outgoing mail server information.

Polling Interval—Enter the frequency at which the POP3 server will be polled for incoming mail. By default, the POP3 server will be polled once every 10 minutes.

POP3 Logon Information

Enter the dedicated POP3 e-mail account user name and password that will be used by SMARTsend to log on and retrieve mail from the POP3 server.

86 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Setup E-mail and Address Book

The Setup E-mail and Address Book link on the Administration Home Page enables you to configure the SMARTsend SMTP and LDAP server configuration settings. These settings are required to enable

SMARTsend features such as scan to e-mail and e-mail confirmation/notification messages, and the integrated address book features that enable users to enter part of a name in the SMARTsend fields that specify e-mail addresses as scanning destinations.

When you have finished entering SMTP and LDAP server information, click Apply to save your settings or click Reset to remove changes.

SMTP Server Configuration

SMARTsend uses the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) server for outgoing e-mail only. SMARTsend features that require a configured SMTP Server include scan to e-mail destinations, scan job confirmations, administrative event notifications, and configuration test messages. These SMTP-based features may be considered optional, but they are recommended and will not function until a SMTP

Server is properly configured within SMARTsend.

To configure these settings, enter the fully qualified DNS name or IP address of the SMTP server, port and authentication method (Username and Password) required by your SMTP server and click Test. If

SMARTsend can contact the SMTP server and send a test message to the SMARTsend administrator, a status of Succeeded appears. If the test fails, you should confirm that the server information and the

Reply To e-mail address was entered correctly. Also note that firewall or antivirus settings may block network traffic on port 25, which may be required for SMTP communication. If needed, modify the firewall or antivirus configurations to permit SMTP communication on port 25, then test the configuration again. If the test fails after confirming all these settings, check to see if the SMTP server is accessible and functioning properly with other applications to determine if the problem resides with the SMTP server.

Note: The Test button for the SMTP server uses the SMARTsend Administrator E-mail

Address that is defined on the General Settings page (Administration Home Page >>

General Settings >> Administrator Contact Information). The test will fail if a valid e-mail

address is not provided in this field. See Update Administrator Contact Information on page

99 for more information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

87

Site Configuration

E-mail Signature Configuration

This feature enables you to edit the e-mail signature that SMARTsend places on all of its scan to e-mail messages. To restore the original signature, click Restore to System Default.

Note: Mail servers may impose file size limitations and limit the number of individual files that can be sent as attachments. SMARTsend Scan to E-Mail jobs that exceed these limitations will fail. The site administrator should notify users of the limitations that apply to SMARTsend Scan to E-Mail jobs.

LDAP Server Configuration

LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) is an optional configuration setting that is only applicable to the SMARTsend integrated address book lookup feature. When this feature is configured,

SMARTsend uses LDAP to obtain and confirm e-mail address information when a user enters part of a name in the SMARTsend fields that specify e-mail addresses as scanning destinations.

To configure SMARTsend to use LDAP for e-mail address lookups, you need to enter the fully qualified

DNS name or IP address of the LDAP server. To specify the use of SSL encryption when connecting to an LDAP server for address book lookup, select the SSL checkbox in the LDAP Server Configuration section of the page.

When the SSL checkbox is checked and a user name and password has been entered for the LDAP server, SMARTsend will use SSL encryption when connecting to the LDAP server.

LDAP Authentication

If the LDAP server requires authentication (when it does not support anonymous directory access), then you will also need to enter credentials for the LDAP server. The credentials are the account Name and Password that the LDAP server requires for authentication.

After entering the LDAP server configuration information, click Test to verify the configuration. If

SMARTsend can communicate with the LDAP server, a status of Succeeded appears. If the test fails, you should confirm that the LDAP server name and credentials you entered in SMARTsend match the actual server name and credentials that are configured on the LDAP server, then test the configuration again. If the test still fails, you should check your LDAP server to confirm that it is configured properly and is functioning with other applications that use LDAP.

88 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

LDAP Property Mappings

SMARTsend provides the default LDAP Property Mapping for the E-mail Address (mail), Name (cn), and

City (l) attributes. These default settings should match the defaults for most LDAP servers. If your LDAP server uses different mappings, you will need to change these SMARTsend mappings to match the mappings that are defined on your LDAP server. For further assistance, contact your LDAP server administrator.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

89

Site Configuration

Publish the My E-mail Workflow

The My E-Mail workflow is used to automatically e-mail a scanned document to the submitter's e-mail account. The submitter is any SMARTsend user who logs into a Xerox Multifunction Device that supports authentication, or a SMARTsend user whose name appears on the PaperWare cover sheet

(Professional Edition feature). The My E-mail Workflow is created automatically when SMARTsend is installed.

The My E-Mail workflow provides several unique advantages:

• It enables users to scan to their own e-mail accounts without creating a workflow.

• One workflow can be published as a single template to provide multiple users with scanning capabilities, rather than each user publishing their own unique scan to e-mail templates.

Note: This feature is only available for publication to Xerox Multifunction Devices that are configured to use authentication. If a device that is configured for authentication has not been added to SMARTsend, this option appears in small, gray, title-case characters and is unavailable.

From the Administration Home Page, select Publish the My E-mail Workflow to access the Publish

Workflow to Xerox Multifunction Device page. You can then configure the Publication Settings,

Document Attributes, and Scan Profile, and select the device(s) on which to publish the workflow.

Consult chapters 3 and 4 of the SMARTsend User Guide for detailed information on creating and publishing workflows.

After the My E-mail workflow is published, the Publish the My E-mail Workflow link on the

Administration Home Page changes to a View My E-mail Publication link. This link opens the

Publication details for My E-mail page, which enables an administrator to publish the My E-mail workflow to additional devices. After the My E-mail workflow has been published, please inform

SMARTsend users that they must log in to the SMARTsend site and enter their email address. The user’s e-mail address will be used as the destination for the My E-mail workflow. If a user’s e-mail address is not entered into SMARTsend, users will be unable to scan using this workflow.

Note: To modify the publication settings for the My E- mail workflow, you must delete the publication and then republish the My E-mail workflow with new settings.

90 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Schedule a Backup

The backup feature copies SMARTsend registry settings, workflows, device database, account database, publications, available services, file attributes, service account credentials, and administrative settings to a backup set that is catalogued by date and time. Program files and templates are not included, although templates are reconstructed from other data when running the

Restore Tool, which is discussed in Chapter 7, SMARTsend Utilities.

Note: This process does not replace the routine of backing up the SMARTsend computer to an external storage device such as a tape drive. Its purpose is to record a snapshot of the SMARTsend installation while the database is not in use. The resulting backup set should be copied to an external storage device as part of the computer’s regular backup routine.

Backup Immediately

It is recommended that the SMARTsend database be backed up immediately before making major system changes or before uninstalling the application. Click Start Backup at any time to begin immediate SMARTsend database and registry entry backup. Backup will occur if SMARTsend is not currently in use.

Schedule a Backup

Schedule backups on a frequent and regular basis. How often to back up the SMARTsend database depends on factors such as these:

• The frequency and volume of changes within SMARTsend, such as the addition of new devices, workflows, and publications.

• Available storage capacity (hard disk space) on the SMARTsend computer.

The Backup Interval setting permits you to choose among the following backup schedules:

• No Scheduled Backup (not recommended).

Once. Performs one backup at the specified date and time.

Daily. Performs a backup every 24 hours, starting at the designated date and time.

Weekly. Performs a backup every seven days, starting at the designated date and time.

Use the built-in clock/calendar to assign a starting date and time for a scheduled backup. Choose a time when the SMARTsend computer is least likely to be in use to avoid performance degradation issues. When finished with configuring the SMARTsend database backup options, either save the new

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

91

Site Configuration backup settings and implement the backup schedule by clicking Apply, or discard all changes by clicking Reset.

Note: If the computer is down during the scheduled backup time, the scheduled backup will be performed when the computer resumes operation. Periodically checking the

Backup Status area of the Administration Home Page to confirm successful backups is recommended.

SMARTsend creates the following folder for backup storage:

< drive>:\Inetpub\wwwroot\SMARTsend\Data\Backup\

The backup filenames are based on the following naming convention:

SMARTsend_<year_month_day_hours_minutes_seconds>\<Backup_ID>.

The backup can be restored to the SMARTsend computer using the Restore Tool. See Restore Tool on

page 184 of Chapter 8, SMARTsend Utilities

for more information.

92 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Configure Service Settings

SMARTsend supports several different types of services that can be configured as scanning destinations. These services include network and FTP folders, remote printers, web and URL folders, and various document management repositories, such as DocuShare, SharePoint Portal Server, and Domino repositories. Most of these services appear as SMARTsend destinations, which are available to users when they create workflows. Other services, such as Optical Character Recognition (OCR), provide additional scanning options, such as the output file types that are available when defining workflows.

Following are the SMARTsend destinations that have specific version or configuration requirements:

• DocuShare version 3.1, 4.0 destinations

• Domino version 5.x, 6.0 destinations (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

• Domino.doc version 3.1 destinations (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

• NetWare 5.x, 6.x folder destinations (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

• Network Folders must be Microsoft/SMB folders.

SMARTsend also offers optional components that can be installed separately. The following optional components are currently supported:

• Documentum version 5.2.5 (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

• Hummingbird version 5.1.0.5 (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

• Interwoven WorkSite version 8 (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

• LiveLink version 9.5.0 (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

• TRIM version 6.0 (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

SMARTsend administrators have the option to specify which services are available to users. For example, if your organization does not support Domino.doc repositories, you should disable the

Domino.doc service in SMARTsend to avoid confusion and improve application performance. Disabling a service on the Configure Service Settings page results in the removal of the corresponding destination on the Workflow Explorer > Document Destinations page.

Note: Note: Some SMARTsend workflow destinations require that a client or other

software be installed on the SMARTsend computer. See Additional Service

Configuration Requirements and Restrictions on page 96 for more information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

93

Site Configuration

Configure Service Options

The Configure Service Settings page enables you to configure the following services and certain service-related options:

SMARTsend Services

TRIM Context server

(Standard or Professional

Edition feature)

Description

TRIM destinations

Configuration Options

• Enable/Disable

Documentum (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

NOTE: This is an optional component that can be purchased from Xerox

Scan to Documentum destinations

• Enable/Disable

DocuShare

Domino (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

NOTE: This is an optional component that can be purchased from Xerox.

Scan to DocuShare destinations • Enable/Disable

Scan to Domino destinations • Enable/Disable

• Metadata Configuration XML

Scan to Domino.Doc destinations • Enable/Disable Domino.Doc (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

External Application

Connection

Scan to a third party application using the command line interface or a scripting language

Scan to FTP destinations

• Enable/Disable

FTP

Hummingbird (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

Scan to Hummingbird destinations

• Enable/Disable

• Enable Document Attribute Field

Support (Yes/No)

• Enable Job Log Export Support

(Yes/No)

• Enable/Disable

• Username

• Password

• Domain Name

NOTE: This is an optional component that can be purchased from Xerox.

Scan to Interwoven destinations Interwoven (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

• Enable/Disable

Microsoft Exchange 2000

Web Folder (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

NOTE: This is an optional component that can be purchased from Xerox.

Scan to Microsoft Exchange 2000

Web Folder destinations

• Enable/Disable

Table 4-4: SMARTsend Service Configuration Options

94 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

SMARTsend Services Description Configuration Options

Microsoft SharePoint Portal

Server 2001 (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

Microsoft SharePoint Portal

Server 2003

Microsoft SharePoint Portal

Server 2007

Netware Folder (Standard or

Professional Edition feature)

Scan to Microsoft SharePoint

Portal Server 2001 destinations

Scan to Microsoft SharePoint

Portal Server 2003 destinations

Scan to Microsoft SharePoint

Portal Server 2007 destinations

Scan to Novell NetWare Folder destinations

Enable/Disable

Enable/Disable

Enable/Disable

Network Folder Scan to Network Folder destinations

OCR

(Professional Edition feature)

Remote Printer

Configures the Optical Character

Recognition (OCR) capabilities.

Additional file types become available on the SMARTsend

Document Name and Type page when OCR is enabled.

Scan to a Remote Printer - scans a document and prints it on the printer specified in the workflow.

Scan to URL Service (Standard or Professional Edition feature)

Enables users to forward scanned documents to a URL site using the http ‘PUT’ method. User credentials need to be provided for authentication prior to document forwarding.

• Enable/Disable

• Enable Document Attribute Field

Support (Yes/No)

• Enable/Disable

• Enable Document Attribute Field

Support (Yes/No)

• Enable Job Log Export Support

(Yes/No)

Enable/Disable

Default Source Document Language

Default Output File Type

• Maximum number of OCR jobs that can be processed concurrently

• Enable/Disable

• Enable/Disable

Table 4-4: SMARTsend Service Configuration Options

Configuring a Service

To configure a service:

1.

Click Configure Service Settings on the Administration Home Page. The Configure Service

Settings page appears.

2.

All services are enabled by default. To change the status of a service, click its Edit link.

3.

Check or uncheck the Enabled checkbox.

4.

Some services display other options below the services list. Modify these options to suit the needs of your organization. See Table 4-4 and

Service Setting Descriptions on page 96 for more

information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

95

Site Configuration

5.

Click Apply to save the selections or Cancel to discard them.

6.

When you have finished configuring the service settings, click the Home link in the upper left area of the page.

Note: The file format types "PDF, Text Searchable," and "Other" require the OCR service to be configured and enabled. When the OCR service is disabled, these file types will not be available on the SMARTsend Document Attributes page. If the OCR service is disabled, all previously created workflows that utilize these file formats will be deleted.

Service Setting Descriptions

Metadata Configuration XML—This feature is intended for Domino systems integrators only.

Enable Document Attribute Field Support—This feature enables you to configure metadata support for certain services.

Enable Job Log Export Support—This feature is intended for use by advanced users and system integrators. When used with FTP and Network Folder destinations, it provides the capability to export

and customize SMARTsend job logs. See Appendix A - Job Log Export Support on page 107 for

additional information.

Default Source Document Language—The default preferred language when using Optical Character

Recognition (OCR).

Default Output File Type—The default output file type when using OCR.

Maximum number of OCR jobs that can be processed concurrently—This setting establishes the limits for concurrent OCR job processing. Concurrent processing of multiple jobs can have a negative impact on site performance.

User Name, Password, Domain Name—Some services require a valid Windows user account to support authentication and communication between the SMARTsend computer and the destination computer. If these fields are presented for a service, they must be configured properly before the service will function.

Additional Service Configuration Requirements and Restrictions

• Some SMARTsend services require the installation of a client or other software on the SMARTsend

computer in order for the features to function properly. See Additional Requirements for

Destinations on page 35 for more information.

• In order for SMARTsend to communicate properly with a Domino server, Domino Interop (DIIOP) must be running on the Domino server. To start DIIOP after the Domino server is already running, type “load DIIOP” from the Domino server command prompt. To start this task automatically,

DIIOP will need to be added to the “Server Tasks” line in the notes.ini file on the Domino server and the Domino server must be restarted. The notes.ini file is found in the root of the Domino directory which by default is c:\lotus\domino. The line in notes.ini should look something like the following:

96 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

“ServerTasks=Update,Replica,Router,AMgr,AdminP,CalConn,Sched,HTTP,LDAP,ddmTran,diiop”.

The items that come before DIIOP may vary depending on the Domino server configuration.

• The Domino.doc server does not support certain document attribute (metadata) value entries via the device user interface. The server will not process entries that require the user to select from a drop-down list.

• Interwoven WorkSite destinations (optional component for the Standard and Professional

Editions) do not support free-form text entry of document attributes (metadata). Metadata values for custom fields are restricted to the predefined set of values defined by the WorkSite administrator.

• The External Application Connection service is intended for advanced users and system integrators. A user must have system administrator privileges on the SMARTsend computer in

order to create or edit workflows that utilize External Applications as destinations. See Appendix B

- External Application Connection on page 108 for additional information.

See Chapter 7, Problem Solving for more information on potential problems related to SMARTsend

services.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

97

Site Configuration

Manage Application Account

When SMARTsend is installed, the installer creates an Application Account as a local Windows account named FF_SMARTSEND_USER. The Application Account credentials are automatically managed on the SMARTsend computer, and under Local Users and Groups. The account name cannot be changed.

See SMARTsend Authentication on page 200 for more information.

Note: You may be prompted to enter your SMARTsend computer credentials when you change the application account password. You must use the same credentials you used to log into SMARTsend. If you supply different credentials, you may need to clear your browser cache before you can proceed.

Changing the Application Account Password

If necessary, the account password can be changed through SMARTsend using the following procedure.

Note: In order for SMARTsend to function properly, if the password for the

FF_SMARTSEND_USER is changed by the Administrator, the new password must be created such that it complies with the effective security policy for the operating system being used.

To change the Application Account password:

1.

Choose Manage Application Account on the Administration Home Page. The Manage

Application Account Credentials dialog appears.

2.

Type the new password and password confirmation.

3.

Click OK to save the changes.

CAUTION: Do not delete the Application Account or alter the account credentials using Microsoft

Management Console (MMC). If the account is deleted, the computer must be rebooted to re-establish the Application Account. If the account credentials are modified using MMC, then the account credentials must also be changed within SMARTsend.

98 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

General Settings

The General Settings links are located in the lower-left section of the Administration Home Page. These links provide access to the General Settings and Workflow Defaults pages.

Update Administrator Contact Information

This link is used to enter and update the SMARTsend administrators’s name, phone number, and e-mail address. This entry should identify the individual who is responsible for SMARTsend site administration and support. This information appears on Job Confirmation notices, error messages, and other communications between SMARTsend and its users.

The Reply To e-mail address is the e-mail address that will be listed on the job confirmation and notification messages that SMARTsend sends to users. If you prefer to use a valid e-mail address to which users can actually reply, enter the complete address in the ‘Reply To’ Address field.

Note: If the SMTP server being used requires a well-formed and/or valid address (account name@domain/host name), then you must enter a well-formed and/or valid address in the

Reply To address field. See SMTP Server Configuration on page 87 for more information.

If you do not need to provide SMARTsend users with the ability to reply to SMARTsend confirmation and notification messages, you can use the default setting provided by SMARTsend. By default,

SMARTsend appends the domain name of the SMTP server to the e-mail address that it generates. For example, at a company called "Mycompany," the reply address would be

SMARTsend@mycompany.com.

Choose Error Handling Scheme

SMARTsend logs system errors automatically. To notify the administrator of their occurrence via e-mail, select the option to Log All System Errors and E-Mail Administrator. The e-mail address specified for the Administrator Contact Information will be used for these notifications.

Review Publication / Workflow Defaults

The Publication Defaults and Workflow Defaults establish the SMARTsend system defaults for every user that creates a workflow. Click these links to access the Workflow and Publication defaults page.

Workflow Default Settings

Workflow Access

SMARTsend designates the creator of a workflow as its owner. Workflow owners have full ability to view, copy, modify, publish, use, and delete their workflows. The Workflow Access setting determines what privileges other SMARTsend users have to workflows that they did not create.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

99

Site Configuration

• Select Public to make new workflows accessible to all users by SMARTsend for viewing, copying

(creating a new workflow by that user), publication, and use. Only the owner of the workflow (or administrator) can delete it.

• Select Private to limit workflow access to the workflow owners.

• Private workflows are only available to their owners for viewing, copying, deleting, modifying, editing workflow attributes, publishing, and for use with devices that support authentication.

• Private should only be selected as the default access level if the scanning devices that

SMARTsend manages have authentication enabled and are members of the same domain or trusted domain as the SMARTsend computer. Private can also be selected when using

PaperWare cover sheets (Professional Edition feature).

Note: In the case of private workflows, users with device access who are not the owners of a private workflow can still select a private template at the device and attempt to scan a job. The job will initially appear to begin processing, but will eventually fail once the device account information is compared with the private workflow account information on the SMARTsend computer. The failure will be reported on the Job

Confirmation report (if enabled), but there will be no indication of job failure at the device user interface.

• From the SMARTsend web pages, Administrators can view all public and private workflows and their attributes. It is possible for the administrator to even change a private workflow to be public.

Administrators can also delete any public or private workflow from the Manage Workflows page, regardless of its access privileges. While administrators can edit a workflow and its attributes, they can not publish a workflow. If a workflow contains a password, such as for a secure PDF, the administrator can not see the password but can change it.

Job Confirmation

Select a default job status reporting option from among those listed in the following table:

Option

No job confirmation

Workflow owner’s e-mail

Workflow user’s e-mail

Printed confirmation

(This option is not supported by Internet fax devices.)

Explanation

SMARTsend does not report a job’s status.

SMARTsend reports the job’s status to the workflow owner’s e-mail address. Appropriate for

Public or Private jobs.

SMARTsend reports the job’s status to the scan job submitter’s e-mail address. Appropriate for

Public jobs, but only using devices that support authentication.

SMARTsend confirms the job’s status and certain details by printing a status report on the device that contains the published template. Please note that the confirmation report may contain private data. Use e-mail confirmation if data security is a concern.

Table 4-5: SMARTsend Job Confirmation options

100 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Publication Defaults

Scan Profile

The Scan Profile setting defines the basic characteristics of the paper document that will be scanned using SMARTsend. The Scan Profile is only applicable when scanning from a Xerox Multifunction

Device. Select the default input document type from among those displayed in the following table:

1-Sided Black/White Business Document (default)

1-Sided Color Business Document

2-Sided Black/White Business Document

2-Sided Color Business Document

Black/White Photo

Color Photo

Table 4-6: SMARTsend Scan Profiles

Choose a default setting that is likely to be the most frequently used format within your organization.

Allow workflow publication to not expire

When this option is selected, the user will have the option to set the workflow publication expiration time to "Does Not Expire" when publishing a workflow. This setting may have implications for publication management. For example, when publications expire, they are automatically removed from the SMARTsend computer and the corresponding templates are removed from the devices on which they reside. If publications do not expire, there may be considerable management work required in the future if the number of publications becomes excessive. This would require the administrator to review and delete publications manually using the Manage Workflows page.

Document Type

The Document Type setting enables the administrator to configure the default file type and format that is assigned to workflows. Select the default file type and format from the following options:

Document Type

PDF, Image Only

Output File Formats Considerations

PDF, Image Only

PDF, Image Only - Preserve Image from

Scan Source

PDF Linear

PDF Secure (encrypted)

• Supported on all major platforms

• Can be filed to all SMARTsend repositories

• Many compression options

• Excellent balance of portability, compatibility, and compression options

• Some imaging tools may not support

PDF

Table 4-7: SMARTsend output file types and formats.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

101

Site Configuration

Document Type

PDF, Text Searchable

(Professional Edition feature)

Output File Formats Considerations

PDF with normal text

PDF with image substitutes

PDF with image on text

PDF with image on text - Preserve Page

Orientation

• All of the above, plus support for OCR

• Document can be searched for text

• Text can be copied from document

• Requires extra processing

• Information loss possible during processing

PDF with image on text - Preserve

Image from Scan Source

PDF Linear

XPS

JFIF

Single-page TIFF

Multi-page TIFF

PDF Secure (encrypted)

XPS

JPEG

Single-page TIFF 6.0

Single-page TIFF 6.0 TTN2

Multi-page TIFF 6.0

Multi-page TIFF 6.0 TTN2

Multi-page TIFF - Preserve Image from

Scan Source

Original Document Type File format is determined at scan time.

Some devices will enable you to choose a format at the device user interface, while other devices may be constrained to a specific format.

• Each page stored as single document

• Widely supported image format

• Excellent for color images

• JPEG is the only supported compression

• May exhibit "ringing" artifacts in text documents

• Some repositories do not support single-page files

• No OCR support

• Each page stored as single document

• Widely supported image format

• Moderate range of compression options

• Some repositories do not support this format

• No OCR support

• Each page stored as single document

• Widely supported image format

• Moderate range of compression options

• Can be filed to all SMARTsend repositories

• No OCR support

• Minimal information loss

• No OCR support

• File format determined at scan time and may vary by device

Table 4-7: SMARTsend output file types and formats.

102 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Document Type

Other - OCR formats

(Professional Edition feature)

Output File Formats

Microsoft Word 97, 2000, 2002, 2003

(*.doc)

Text, standard (*.txt)

Considerations

• Supports a variety of OCR/text-based formats

• Requires extra processing time

• Original image data is not preserved

(may include embedded pictures)

Microsoft Excel 97, 2000, 2002, 2003

(.xls)

Microsoft PowerPoint 97 (*.rtf)

Microsoft Publisher 98 (*.rtf)

ASCII Text, formatted (*.txt)

ASCII Text, standard (*.txt)

ASCII Text, standardEx (*.txt)

Rich Text Format (*.rtf)

RTF Word 2000 (*.rtf)

RTF Word 6.0/95 (*.rtf)

RTF Word 97 (*.rtf)

Text, smart (*.txt)

Text, stripped (*.txt)

Text, plain (*.txt)

Text, comma delimited (*.csv)

Text, tab delimited (*.txt)

WordPad (*.rtf)

Table 4-7: SMARTsend output file types and formats.

Document Type Properties

SMARTsend supports a variety of document types, and many of them can be configured to optimize the default settings that influence file format selections, performance, and image quality. These default settings can be accessed by clicking the Document Type > Properties button on the Workflow

Defaults page.

Format

The file format selections vary with each document type. The supported output file types and formats are listed in Table 4-7. When you choose a format, the options available on the Document Type

Properties page will change accordingly.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

103

Site Configuration

Image and OCR Optimization Settings

Some document types, such as PDF, provide image optimization and compression settings that can be configured within SMARTsend. When OCR is utilized (Professional Edition feature), additional settings are provided to optimize OCR processing and quality. The default settings or these options can be configured by the SMARTsend system administrator, and they can also be adjusted by each

SMARTsend user when workflows are published.

Configure PaperWare Form Forwarding Settings

Professional Edition Feature

When properly configured, each SMARTsend computer can forward PaperWare cover sheets to the

SMARTsend or FlowPort computer that was used to create the PaperWare cover sheet and the workflow from which it was published. Each SMARTsend computer can also be configured to receive and process PaperWare forms that have been forwarded to it by other SMARTsend computers and the scanning devices that they are configured to manage. These options provide unprecedented flexibility and ease of use by allowing end users to use their PaperWare cover sheets interchangeably with any supported Xerox Multifunction device or Internet Fax device.

SMARTsend provides several options that enable you to configure the way it processes PaperWare forms in environments that have more than one SMARTsend computer, as well as mixed environments where Xerox FlowPort servers are also in use. These features offer expanded interoperability and scalability, enabling SMARTsend to work with additional devices and computers in a seamless fashion.

Forward PaperWare Forms

The SMARTsend computer must be configured to forward PaperWare forms to other computers. If a user scans a job with a PaperWare cover sheet that was created on another SMARTsend or FlowPort computer, the job will fail and an error message will be printed at the scanning device if the computer is not configured to forward PaperWare forms.

Receive Forwarded PaperWare Forms

The SMARTsend computer must be configured to receive and process PaperWare forms that have been forwarded to it by other SMARTsend computers. A scan job will fail and an error message will be printed at the device where the scan originated if the originating computer is not configured to receive

PaperWare forms from other computers.

104 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Enabling PaperWare Forms Forwarding and Receiving

To enable PaperWare forms forwarding and receiving:

1.

Open the SMARTsend Administration Home Page.

2.

Scroll down to the General Settings section, then select the link to Configure PaperWare Form

Forwarding Settings. The PaperWare Settings page appears.

3.

Select the option to Forward a PaperWare form to the computer on which it was published. If applicable, select the option to Process PaperWare forms forwarded from other computers.

You will also need to select a Forwarding Protocol. See

Forwarding Protocol Used for Forms Published at this Computer

(below) for more information.

Forwarding Protocol Used for Forms Published at this Computer

SMARTsend can use the HTTP or HTTPS protocols to forward PaperWare forms to other computers.

HTTP is the default setting and provides faster job processing. HTTPS provides more security than

HTTP, but it requires the installation of a security certificate on the SMARTsend computer. SMARTsend will not permit the HTTPS protocol to be selected unless a security certificate is properly configured on the SMARTsend computer.

Note: If the protocol is changed after PaperWare forms have been published, existing

PaperWare cover sheets will not be updated to use the new protocol. If this condition occurs, any outdated publications should be deleted and republished with the new settings. In addition, if the HTTPS protocol is being used and the security certificate is later deleted from the SMARTsend computer, the computer will not be able to forward the forms and the user will receive an error notification. A new security certificate will need to be installed in order to receive forwarded forms using HTTPS.

Consider the following when using the PaperWare form forwarding options:

• DNS must be properly configured on the sending and receiving computers. Forwarded jobs will fail and an error message will be displayed if the receiving computer is not addressable through DNS.

See Verifying the SMARTsend Computer DNS Configuration on page 24 for additional

information.

HTTP forwarding will not work if the receiving computer is configured only for HTTPS. See Secure

Web Site Configuration on page 191 for additional information.

• FlowPort forms created with version 2.2.1.88 or later are supported.

• Job logs and device information are not supported with FlowPort servers, so this information is only forwarded to SMARTsend computers. As a result, confirmation sheets cannot be printed at scan devices managed by a FlowPort servers.

• When a SMARTsend computer is used to forward a job to a FlowPort server, any image settings will be converted to binary TIFF color/grayscale settings. FlowPort does not support the PDF settings.

• If a SMARTsend computer is restored from a backup that was created from an earlier version of

SMARTsend (before release 2.0), the PaperWare form forwarding settings will revert to the default settings.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

105

Site Configuration

Next Steps

The following steps are recommended after the SMARTsend site has been configured:

• Click the User Site link in the upper right section of the Administration Home Page to create and publish workflows. Administrators are strongly advised to create, publish and test at least one public workflow for each supported destination. If private workflows, PaperWare cover sheets, or

Optical Character Recognition (OCR) features are supported, then those options should be tested as well.

• Consult the SMARTsend User Guide to learn more about the User Home Page and using

SMARTsend. Links to the documentation are on the right panels of both the User and

Administration Home Pages.

For information on managing and maintaining the site, proceed to Chapter 5, Site Management

.

106 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Configuration

Appendix A - Job Log Export Support

If enabled by the SMARTsend system administrator, the Job Log Export feature will allow a user to export the device job log to FTP and Network Folder destinations in order to support downstream

applications that may have a use for it. See Configure Service Settings on page 93 for additional

information on how to enable the Job Log Export feature.

This feature will also allow 3rd Party integrators to add custom service information to the template using valid Job Template Language (JTL). This information is appended to the device job log, which is then exported to the FTP or Network folder location along with the scanned images.

This feature is only available for the FTP and Network Folder destinations. Workflows defined with these two destinations and published as templates or as PaperWare cover sheets support job log export. When a published workflow runs and exports job log data, that data is exported for that job, along with the scan results, to the FTP or folder destination. This data is not entered into the history that is exported by the job history exporter.

Note: Submitting jobs via Internet Fax is not supported for this feature.

To add an FTP or Network Folder destination that supports Job Log Export:

1.

Make sure the administrator has configured SMARTsend to allow advanced destinations. Follow the instructions under Configure Service Settings in this chapter to enable this feature.

2.

Open a browser window and launch SMARTsend as either an Administrator or a User.

3.

Navigate to the User Home Page. Click Add New Distribution Workflow under the Workflows heading. The Document Destinations page will be displayed.

4.

Locate the Network Folder heading. Click add locations. The Network Folder Properties window will be displayed.

5.

Add a name for the destination.

6.

Add the folder path, for example: \\myComputer\scans, where myComputer is the name of the machine on which the folder is located, and scans is the name of a network sharing folder.

7.

Open Advanced Properties. Enter the custom JTL entries.

Example of Valid Entry:

[doc_object cobra_general]

{ string CobraXSTKey ="6076118D91C7199D85256D9500694DDC"; string DocumentCenterCategory ="B"; string CobraVER ="CIRX.V4.5(31):"; string DiagnoseKey ="2.01";

}end

Note: Further information on JTL usage can be obtained from the Xerox Business Partners program.

8.

Click OK. If the data is unable to be appended, an error will be produced.

9.

Continue defining the workflow.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

107

Site Configuration

Appendix B - External Application Connection

The External Application Connection (EAC) destination is a mechanism enabled by SMARTsend to allow easy extensions of functionality. By using the EAC as a destination, you can have image files (or

OCR’d files) delivered to an application to perform additional actions. SMARTsend will also pass along any document attribute information as part of the data sent to the application. The syntax to program an EAC is very simple, and can be compared to command line execution of an application or a batch/script file. You simply need to provide the patch to the executable (or script) and tell SMARTsend

what parameters/arguments to pass along to the executable or script. See Configure Service Settings on page 93 for additional information on how to enable the External Application Connection.

To program an EAC workflow:

1.

Open a browser window and launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

2.

Navigate to the User Home Page. Click Add New Distribution Workflow under the Workflows heading. The Destinations page will be displayed.

3.

Locate the External Application heading. Click add locations. The External Application Connection

Properties window will be displayed.

4.

Select a Destination Name to identify the application, process, or filing location that the workflow will use to process scanned documents.

5.

Enter command line parameters to invoke a third party application. These parameters may invoke a script or executable program, and can also define parameters that enable SMARTsend to export metadata. Following are several command line examples:

No Parameters: myBatch.bat (This will simply execute the batch file. The batch file can perform any required actions independent of SMARTsend)

Static Parameters: myBatch.bat deleteOldJobs (This will pass the static parameter “deleteOldJobs” to the batch file)

Document Location Parameters: myBatch {DocumentUrl} (The location of the document will be passed as an argument) myBatch.bat {DocumentUrls} (If multiple documents are generated, then a list of all the documents will be passed as arguments)

Metadata Parameters: myBatch.bat {DocumentUrl} -title {Field1} -description {Field2} (The document location, and the

1st and 2nd Document Attributes parameters as programmed in the workflow will be passed along as parameters)

6.

Select a Maximum Wait Time for External Application to Complete. This setting enables you to configure the amount of time that SMARTsend will wait for the external application to complete the tasks defined in the command line. When this time interval expires, SMARTsend will delete any documents that are temporarily stored on the computer.

7.

If applicable, select Send URL link to document (no document attached). Select this option to send the URL for the document(s) to the External Application Connection. An error will be generated if you select this option and do not include a URL replacement tag in the command line.

108 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

8.

Click OK.

9.

Continue defining the workflow.

Site Configuration

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

109

Site Configuration

110 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Management

5

This chapter describes the key site management tasks that the SMARTsend administrator performs to optimize site performance, usability and reliability. The tasks covered in this chapter are based on the features that are available on the right side of the SMARTsend Administration Home Page.

Please consult Chapter 2 of the SMARTsend User Guide for information pertaining to the User Home

Page and any features about workflow creation and publishing.

What is in this chapter:

Site Management Overview on page 112

Manage Workflows and Publications on page 113

Managing Xerox Devices on page 117

Backup Status on page 119

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

111

Site Management

Site Management Overview

The right section of the Administration Home Page contains links for the Manage Workflows and

Publications, Manage Xerox Devices, and site Backup features.

Manage Scan to Home Workflow and Publications—opens the Import Scan to Home Users page.

View All Workflows—opens the Manage Workflows page.

View All Publications—opens the Manage Workflows page in the All Publications view.

Delete all workflows owned by—provides a quick method of deleting all the workflows that have been created by a specific SMARTsend user.

Delete all workflows not used or published since—provides a quick method of deleting multiple workflows that have been utilized within a specified period of time.

View Xerox Devices—opens the Manage Xerox Devices page.

Manage Device Accounts—opens the Manage Device Account Credentials page.

Configure Discovery Settings—opens the Device Discovery Settings - Subnets page.

Device Configuration Defaults—opens the Edit Device Configuration Defaults page.

• Backup Status—displays the last successful site backup, the next scheduled backup, and a button to perform an immediate backup.

These features are explained in greater details in the following pages.

112 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Management

Manage Workflows and Publications

The View All Workflows and View All Publications links on the Administration Home Page open the

Manage Workflows page. This page displays a list of all workflows/publications that are currently available on the site. The column headings in the list change based on the view that is selected in the

Workflow Views panel. The various columns can include:

Workflow/Publication Name—name assigned to the workflow/publication by the workflow owner.

Devices (All Publications By Device view)—lists the IP Addresses of all Xerox Multifunction

Devices that hold SMARTsend publications (Device scan templates).

Workflow Owner—name of the individual who created the workflow.

Publication Type—Device Scan Template, PaperWare Cover Sheet, PaperWare Template.

Expiration Date (Publication view)—date and time the publication is scheduled to expire.

Total Publications—the total number of templates and/or PaperWare cover sheets that have been created from the workflow.

Last Used—date on which any publication generated from the workflow was last used to scan.

Last Modified On—date on which the workflow was last modified.

Sorting and Viewing Workflows

The Manage Workflows page provides options for sorting the list of workflows. Simply click on the column headings in the list to sort the list according to the data in the selected column.

The display and page features can also be used to select the information to be displayed on the page.

Display sets the number of workflows that will be displayed on the page at one time. When multiple pages of workflows are available, the page feature enables you to select the individual pages to be displayed.

Navigation arrows provide an additional method of navigating through lists that contain multiple pages.

Search For a Publication

On the Manage Publications page, select Find. The Manage Publication window redisplays with the

Search For field. Use this field to find publications and workflows based on attributes such as

Publication Name or Expiration Date, and select Go.

Workflow/Publication Management Tasks

The upper-left panel of the Manage Workflows page contains links for workflow and publication management tasks. These tasks change based on the Workflow View that is selected.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

113

Site Management

Delete This Workflow

Individual workflows are deleted with the Delete This Workflow option. All publications generated from the workflow will also be deleted and will no longer be available for scanning. Administrators may want

to delete workflows that have not been used for a significant period of time. See Deleting all workflows not used or published since on page 116 for instructions.

Note: Exercise caution when deleting workflows. When a workflow is deleted, its corresponding publications (device scan templates) are deleted, and any PaperWare cover sheets (Professional Edition feature) become invalid.

To delete this workflow:

1.

Select a workflow on the Manage Workflows page.

2.

Click the Delete this workflow link.

3.

Click OK in the confirmation dialog.

Delete This Workflow’s Publications

All publications associated with a specific workflow can be deleted without affecting the original workflow. Once deleted, the publications are no longer available. This feature is useful when the original workflow is still valid, but the publications based on the workflow have become too numerous to manage. For example, when the limit of 255 templates on a Xerox device has been reached, or when there are many publications that have not been used for a considerable period of time.

To delete a workflow’s publications:

1.

On the Manage Workflows page, click Show All to make sure you are in the Workflows view.

2.

Select a workflow in the list.

3.

Click the Delete this workflow’s publications link.

4.

Click OK in the confirmation dialog.

To delete individual publications:

1.

On the Manage Workflows page, click All Publications to make sure you are in the Publications view.

2.

Select a publication in the list.

3.

Click the Delete this publication link.

4.

Click OK in the confirmation dialog. The specified publication is deleted, but the original workflow and all other publications are retained.

114 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Management

Workflow Views

The Workflow Views options enable you to view different listings of workflows and publications.

Administrators can view the list of public and private workflows and edit the content of any workflow from the Manage Workflows page.

Show All—provides a list of all the workflows on the SMARTsend computer.

All Publications—provides a list of all publications on the SMARTsend computer, including

PaperWare cover sheets, PaperWare Templates, and Device Scan Templates.

All Publications by Device—provides a list of all the publications per configured device on the

SMARTsend computer. The list will display the device name first in the left column and then show its associated publications and workflows. This view enables you to delete selected publications on individual devices, which is useful for managing templates on devices that have a limit of 255 templates.

All PaperWare Publications (Professional Edition feature)—provides a list of all the available

PaperWare cover sheets.

Note: The column headings on the Manage Workflows page change based on the view that is selected in the Workflow Views panel.

Workflow Details

The Workflow Details panel on the Manage Workflows page provides detailed information for the workflow that is currently selected in the list. Workflow details can include:

Name—name assigned to workflow by the owner.

Description—text description entered by workflow owner.

Owner—workflow owner account name.

Access—public/private.

Last Used—date/time on which any publication generated from the workflow was last used to scan.

Last Modified On—date/time on which the workflow was last modified.

Device Publications— Number of Device Scan Templates published from the workflow.

PaperWare Publications— Number of PaperWare cover sheets published from the workflow.

Total Publications— the total number of publications published by the owner.

Workflow Type—type of workflow, such as distribution or scan to home workflows.

Note: Workflow Details are only available when the Show All view is selected.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

115

Site Management

Deleting all workflows owned by

The Delete all workflows owned by option enables you to delete every workflow that has been created by a specific SMARTsend user. This feature is useful if an individual has left your organization or is no longer authorized to use the SMARTsend site. Each user who currently has a SMARTsend account can be selected from a list.

To delete all workflows for a specific user:

1.

Open the Delete all workflows owned by list and select a user/account name.

2.

Click Go.

3.

Click OK in the confirmation dialog.

Deleting all workflows not used or published since

This option enables you to delete all the workflows that have not been used since a specific date. For example, you can enter June 1, 2004 (or 6/1/04) in this field to delete all the workflows that have not been utilized between June 1, 2004 and the current date.

To delete all workflows not used or published since:

1.

Enter a date in the Delete all workflows not used or published since list. Use the format mm/dd/yy, or month, day, year.

2.

Click Go.

3.

Click OK in the confirmation dialog.

116 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Management

Managing Xerox Devices

The Manage Xerox Devices panel on the Administration Home Page provides access to the SMARTsend device management pages and features. These links include:

• View Xerox Devices...

• Manage Device Accounts...

• Configure Discovery Settings...

• Device Configuration Defaults...

The View Xerox Devices link opens the Manage Xerox Devices page. This page lists the devices that are configured for use with SMARTsend, and provides access to features that enable administrators to discover and configure Xerox Multifunction Devices. Each device must be configured by SMARTsend before it can be used for scanning documents. General device management tasks may include adding, updating or deleting devices, and repairing SMARTsend device configurations.

View Xerox Devices

Select the View Xerox Devices link from the Administration Home Page to access the Manage Xerox

Devices page. This page includes a list of devices that are currently configured for use with SMARTsend, and provides access to features that enable administrators to discover and configure Xerox

Multifunction Devices. Each device must be configured by SMARTsend before it can be used for scanning documents. General device management tasks may include adding, updating or deleting

devices, and repairing SMARTsend device configurations. See Add/Update Xerox Devices on page 71

for additional information.

Manage Device Accounts

The Manage Device Accounts page enables you to view and configure the Local User accounts that

enable Xerox devices to communicate with the SMARTsend computer. See Manage Device Accounts on page 78 for additional information.

Configure Discovery Settings

The Configure Discovery Settings options enable you to add additional subnets to the SMARTsend broadcast discovery configuration. In addition, you can access pages that enable you to configure the

SNMP credentials that are required for discovery. See Configure Discovery Settings - Subnets on page

79 for additional information.

Device Configuration Defaults

The Edit Device Configuration Defaults page enables you to view and configure the settings

SMARTsend will use when configuring devices. See Edit Device Configuration Defaults on page 80 for

additional information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

117

Site Management

Repairing a Device Configuration

The Repair feature attempts to restore the SMARTsend device configuration settings without requiring you to re-enter the information that is needed when configuring a device. This feature is used when a configured Xerox Multifunction Device is not functioning with SMARTsend. For example, you can use this option if settings were inadvertently deleted or overwritten on the device by another tool. Try this option first before attempting to reinstall a device that has stopped working with SMARTsend.

Keep in mind that a repair could fail if a device is turned off or is in the process of rebooting. The repair will also fail if the SNMP settings on the device do not match the SMARTsend settings. If any of these factors were present during the repair, you should resolve the issues and run the repair again.

To repair a device configuration:

1.

Click the View Xerox Devices... link on the Administration home page.

2.

Select one or more devices from the Xerox Multifunction Devices list on the Manage Xerox Devices page. Click the check box to the left of the device name to make your selection(s).

3.

Click the Repair button located beneath the list, or the Repair icon in the column on the right side of the page. If the repair is successful, the status of the device will be updated accordingly.

4.

If the repair was unsuccessful, review the error message and problem solving information

displayed in the list. See Device Communication and Configuration Issues on page 160 for

additional information.

118 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Site Management

Backup Status

This area of the Administration home page displays status messages pertaining to the SMARTsend site database and registry setting backup process. The date and time of the Last Backup and the Next

(scheduled) Backup are listed. You can also perform an immediate backup at any time by clicking

Backup Now.

The Backup Status indicators work in conjunction with the Schedule a Backup feature that is provided

in the Site Configuration area of the Administration Home Page. See Schedule a Backup on page 91 for

additional information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

119

Site Management

120 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

6

The SMARTsend Scan to Home feature enables you to scan and deliver documents to a defined user's home scan destination. This destination can be a network folder, an FTP site or an e-mail address.

Managing templates for users involves the creation of a list of users and corresponding home locations and the publication of device scan templates.SMARTsend supplies both a client-based administrative tool, called the Scan to Home Utility, and Scan to Home application features to facilitate the creation of user lists and publication of Scan to Home user templates.

The SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility is a standalone windows client application that assists system administrators in selecting users, providing mappings to directory services and generating an output file that can be imported into the SMARTsend application.

This chapter describes the operation of the Scan to Home Utility and the SMARTsend application Scan to Home features.

What is in this chapter:

Scan to Home Overview on page 122

Getting Started with Scan to Home on page 125

Scan to Home Utility on page 128

SMARTsend Scan to Home Application Features on page 140

Publishing Scan to Home Templates on page 149

Adding Users and Groups on page 131

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

121

Scan to Home

Scan to Home Overview

The SMARTsend Scan to Home feature enables you to scan and deliver documents to a defined user's home scan destination. This destination can be a network folder, an FTP site or an e-mail address.

An intuitive and flexible Scan to Home Utility allows you to generate mappings of users to home scan destinations using Microsoft Active Directory, LDAP, NT Domains, or manual entry.

The SMARTsend application enables you to publish device scan templates for individual users and/or groups to a device configured for use with SMARTsend.

Once a list of users and directory service mappings has been generated and saved as a CSV file, the export procedure is complete. You then use the Scan to Home features of the SMARTsend application to import the information from the CSV file to the SMARTsend database, provide filing credentials and publish Scan to Home device scan templates to devices that have been configured for use with

SMARTsend. The same CSV file can be used at multiple SMARTsend computers, enabling greater efficiency in deployment.

With user authentication at the Xerox Multifunction Device or document attribute field (metadata) authentication enabled, a single scan template can direct jobs to a user's home scan destination. If desired, individual templates per user can also be generated for one touch access.

Managing Scan to Home Templates

The following steps can be followed to quickly enable users to scan to their home destination using

SMARTsend.

To manage Scan to Home templates:

1.

Install the SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility from the SMARTsend CD.

2.

Use the Scan to Home Utility to create a list of users, directory service mappings and corresponding user properties.

3.

Optionally, use the Scan to Home Utility to create user home scan destinations and manage access rights.

4.

Export the list of users and properties to a CSV file.

5.

Launch the SMARTsend application as an Administrator.

6.

Use the SMARTsend application Scan to Home features to import users and user properties from the CSV file to the SMARTsend database.

7.

Set the Scan to Home publication options.

8.

Publish the Scan to Home template(s) to devices configured for use with SMARTsend.

9.

Inform SMARTsend users that they can begin scanning using SMARTsend.

122 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Requirements

The SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility is a client based Windows utility available for install from the

SMARTsend installation CD. It can be installed on the SMARTsend computer or a networked, client computer.

System Requirements:

• Windows XP Professional, Windows Vista or Windows 2000/ 2003 Server operating systems.

• Administrative privileges on the computer where the utility is being installed.

• SMARTsend installed and configured.

Note: if the Scan to Home Utility is being installed on the same computer as the

SMARTsend application, SMARTsend will install the .NET Framework.

Installing the SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility

The Scan to Home Utility is installed on the SMARTsend server or client computers connected to the same network as the SMARTsend server.

To install the Scan to Home Utility:

1.

Log in to the computer, where the utility will be installed, as an Administrator.

2.

Insert the SMARTsend CD into the CD-ROM drive.

3.

If the CD launches automatically, exit the SMARTsend application.

4.

Click Start > Run and browse to the CD-ROM drive.

5.

Open the \\Tools\ScanToHome folder.

6.

Double-click the file Setup.exe. Click OK.

7.

Select the language and click OK.

8.

Click Next on the installer welcome page.

9.

Read and accept the license agreement. Click Next.

10. Confirm the installation directory, then click Next to initiate the installation process.

11. Click Install to begin installation.

12. When the installation process is complete, click Finish.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

123

Scan to Home

Uninstalling the SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility

The Scan to Home Utility uninstall program removes the Scan to Home Utility application and application files. It does not remove CSV files that were created using the utility.

To uninstall the SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility:

1.

Open Control Panel.

a.

On a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server, from the Start menu select Settings > Control

Panel.

b.

On a computer running Windows Server 2003, Windows Vista or Windows XP Professional, from the Start menu select Control Panel.

2.

In Control Panel, click Add or Remove Programs (Programs and Features on Windows Vista).

3.

Select SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility.

4.

Click Change\Remove, then click OK to confirm removal of the SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility.

5.

Click Finish.

124 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Getting Started with Scan to Home

Advance Planning Considerations

Before you begin adding users, you need to decide (based on your current Microsoft Windows user setup), where you will obtain your user information and the information that is required for each user source.

Possible user sources are:

NT Domain, LDAP or Microsoft Active Directory Service

Required Information:

• Server name or Domain of the NT domain controller, LDAP server or Active Directory domain.

• Username and Password to use when accessing the NT domain controller, LDAP server or Active

Directory domain.

Note: Note: If anonymous access is enabled, this can be skipped.

List of which users will be managed and corresponding user properties:

• Domain

• Locations of Home Scan Destinations: FTP Server, Network Folder or E-mail

• Location and existence of Home Scan Destinations

• Master Filing Credentials

Local Computer

List of which users will be managed and corresponding user properties:

• Domain

• Locations of Home Scan Destinations: FTP Server, Network Folder or E-mail

• Location and existence of Home Scan Destinations

• Master Filing Credentials

Adding Scan to Home Users From a Windows NT Domain

To add Scan to Home users from a Windows NT Domain:

1.

Open the Scan to Home Utility: a.

On Windows 2000, click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

b.

On Windows XP, Windows Vista or Windows Server 2003, click Start > All Programs > Xerox >

SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

2.

Navigate to the Available Users panel and select Retrieve User List From the NT Domain.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

125

Scan to Home

3.

Click Choose Server. The Enter Source Information dialog opens. Type the necessary information to direct the utility to the NT Domain controller with the user information.

a.

Enter the Server name or Domain of the NT domain controller.

b.

Type the Username and Password for access to the NT Domain server or select anonymous access.

Note: The username and password information will not be saved. It will only be used when accessing the list of available users.

c.

Click Get Users to retrieve the list of available users from the NT Domain server. The Available

Users panel will be populated with these data.

4.

Select the users to be managed.

5.

Click Add. The selected users are moved from the Available Users list to the Selected Users list.

6.

From the File menu, select Save to export the list of users and mapping to a CSV file.

7.

Type a name for the CSV file and click Save. The CSV file is now ready to be imported to the

SMARTsend application to create Scan to Home templates.

8.

Click Exit to close the application.

Adding Scan to Home Users from a Microsoft Active Directory Server

Please refer to

Adding Scan to Home Users From an LDAP Directory Service on page 126.

Adding Scan to Home Users From an LDAP Directory Service

The process for adding users from a Microsoft Active Directory server is nearly identical to this procedure, so if you are working with an Active Directory server, please refer to these steps for guidance.

To add Scan to Home users from an LDAP directory service:

1.

Open the Scan to Home Utility: a.

On Windows 2000, click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

b.

On Windows XP, Windows Vista or Windows Server 2003, click Start > All Programs > Xerox >

SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

2.

Navigate to the Available Users panel and select Retrieve User List From the LDAP directory

service.

3.

Click Choose Server. The Enter Source Information dialog opens. Type the necessary information to direct the utility to the LDAP server with the user information.

a.

Type the Server name or Domain of the LDAP server.

126 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home b.

Type the Username and Password for access to the LDAP server. Alternatively, click Use anonymous access if it is supported by the LDAP server.

Note: The username and password information will not be saved. It will only be used when accessing the list of available users.

c.

To narrow the search, type a Search Context and Filter (optional). d.

Click the Mappings button to map the user Login Name, E-mail Address and Home Location to values that are retrieved from the LDAP server. e.

Click OK.

f.

Click Get Users to retrieve the list of available users from the LDAP server. The Available Users panel will be populated with these data.

4.

Select the users to be managed.

5.

Click Add. The selected users are moved from the Available Users list to the Selected Users list.

6.

From the File menu, select Save to export the list of users and mapping to a CSV file.

7.

Type a name for the CSV file and click Save. The CSV file is now ready to be imported to the

SMARTsend application to create Scan to Home templates.

8.

Click Exit to close the application.

Adding Scan to Home Users From the Local Computer

To add Scan to Home users from the Local Computer:

1.

Open the Scan to Home Utility: a.

On Windows 2000, click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

b.

On Windows XP, Windows Vista or Windows Server 2003, click Start > All Programs > Xerox >

SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

2.

Navigate to the Available Users panel and select Local Computer.

3.

Click Show Users to retrieve the list of available users from the local computer. The Available

Users panel will be populated with these data.

4.

Select the users to be managed.

5.

Click Add. The selected users are moved from the Available Users list to the Selected Users list.

6.

From the File menu, select Save to export the list of users and mapping to a CSV file.

7.

Type a name for the CSV file and click Save. The CSV file is now ready to be imported to the

SMARTsend application to create Scan to Home templates.

8.

Click Exit to close the application.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

127

Scan to Home

Scan to Home Utility

Accessing the Scan to Home Utility

The left side of the screen contains options and information on available users. The right side of the screen contains a list selected users.

To access the Scan to Home Utility:

1.

Open the Scan to Home Utility: a.

On Windows 2000, click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

b.

On Windows XP, Windows Vista or Windows Server 2003, click Start > All Programs > Xerox >

SMARTsend > Scan to Home Utility.

2.

The SMARTsend Scan to Home Utility main window appears.

Obtaining a List of Available Users

Located on the left side of the main window, the list of Available Users is used to populate the list of

Selected Users. The list of Available Users is populated from the following sources:

• Microsoft Active Directory Service

• LDAP Server

• Windows NT Domain

• Local Computer

Choosing a Server

The Choose Server button opens the Enter Source Information dialog where you can enter the information for the directory service you wish to use when retrieving users. The Choose Server button will be enabled if the Active Directory, LDAP or NT Domain source has been selected.

Enter Source Information Dialog

The Enter Source Information dialog will open when you select Active Directory, LDAP or NT Domain as the source of available users and then click the Choose Server button.

The Server or Domain, Username and Password fields are required fields. The Search Context, Filter and Port fields can be used to narrow a search.

128 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

LDAP Server Source Information

This table lists the fields available in the Enter Source Information dialog when an LDAP Server is selected as the source for available users.

Field Name

Server

Username

Password

Search Context

Filter

Port

Description

Server name of the LDAP server.

If the LDAP server does not support anonymous access, enter the Username to use when accessing the LDAP server.

Note: Username will not be stored in the CSV file.

If the LDAP server service does not support anonymous access, enter the

Password to use when accessing LDAP server.

Note: Password will not be stored in the CSV file.

Relative context of the directory tree where the user search will occur (e.g. cn=users).

Expression to limit search results (e.g. user would limit search results to items which contain "user")

Port to use when accessing the LDAP server.

Default = 389. Change default if value for your LDAP server is different.

Table 6-1: LDAP Source Information

Microsoft Active Directory Source Information

This table lists the fields available in the Enter Source Information dialog when Microsoft Active

Directory Server is selected as the source for available users.

Field Name

Server or Domain

Username

Password

Search Context

Description

Server or Domain name of the Windows 2000 server that is configured with the

Active Directory service.

We recommend that you enter the domain name. Using a domain name will allow the use of any domain controller that is available.

If the Active Directory service does not support anonymous access, enter the

Username to use when accessing the server configured with Microsoft Active

Directory service.

Note: Username will not be stored in the CSV file.

If the Active Directory service does not support anonymous access, enter the

Password to use when accessing server configured with Microsoft Active

Directory service.

Note: Password will not be stored in the CSV file.

Relative context of the directory tree where the user search will occur (e.g. cn=users).

Table 6-2: Microsoft Active Directory Source Information

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

129

Scan to Home

Field Name

Filter

Port

Description

Expression to limit search results (e.g. user would limit search results to items which contain "user").

N/A

Table 6-2: Microsoft Active Directory Source Information

Windows NT Domain Source Information

Field Name

Server or Domain

Username

Password

Description

Server or Domain name of the Windows NT domain controller.

We recommend that you enter the domain name. Using a domain name will allow the use of any domain controller that is available.

If the Windows NT domain controller does not support anonymous access, enter the Username to use when accessing the Windows NT domain controller.

Note: Username will not be stored in the CSV file.

If the Windows NT domain controller does not support anonymous access, enter the Password to use when accessing the Windows NT domain controller.

Note: Password will not be stored in the CSV file.

Table 6-3: Windows NT Domain Source Information

Active Directory or LDAP Mappings

The Mappings button will be available, from the Enter Source Information dialog, if you have selected either Active Directory or LDAP as the source of available users. The Mappings button will open either the Active Directory Mappings or LDAP Mappings dialog.

Note: Note: The mapping information that is entered at this dialog will be saved and displayed each subsequent time that this dialog is accessed.

These mappings define how the information from either the Active Directory or LDAP services will be mapped to the properties Login Name, E-mail Address, and Home Location.

Field Name

Login Name

E-mail Address

Description

Enter the Active Directory or LDAP server field that will be used when retrieving information for the Username user property.

Enter the Active Directory or LDAP server field that will be used when retrieving information for the E-mail user property.

This is an optional field. If it is not available, and you would like to use it to define a user's scan destination, it can be entered manually using the

Properties button on the Selected Users panel.

Table 6-4: Active Directory or LDAP Mappings

130 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Field Name

Home Location

Description

Enter the Active Directory or LDAP server field that will be used when retrieving information for the Scan Destination user property.

This is an optional field. If it is not available, and you would like to use it to define a user's scan destination, it can be entered manually using the

Properties button on the Selected Users panel.

Table 6-4: Active Directory or LDAP Mappings

Showing Users

The Show Users button retrieves a list of available users from the local computer. The Show Users button will only be enabled if the Local Computer source has been selected.

Adding Users and Groups

After populating the list of users from the available sources, click the checkbox next to the desired users and/or groups listed in the Available Users list and click the Add button. These users will now appear in the Selected Users list located on the right side of the main window. The Add button will be enabled if at least one user and/or group are selected from the Available Users list.

Note: Note: When you select to add a group to the list of Selected Users, by default, an individual entry will be added for each member of the group. An entry for the group will be added only if Add an entry for Groups in addition to their users has been selected from the

Tools > Options utility menu.

Selected Users List

Located on the right side of the main window, the Selected Users List is populated with a list of users and user properties to be exported to a CSV file. The list of Selected Users is generated from the list of

Available Users.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

131

Scan to Home

Available columns may be resized if additional viewing space is needed. Columns may also be added or removed from the current view by right-clicking in the Selected Users panel and selecting the desired columns.

Field Name

Username

Description

Non-editable field.

Consists of a user's Domain\ Network ID.

Maps to Domain, Network ID when imported to the SMARTsend database.

See Managing the SMARTSend Scan to Home Users Database on page 141

for more information.

Destination Type

Scan Output Type

Confirmation Type

Scan Destination

Template Name

Defines whether the user's home scan destination is an FTP server, Network

Folder or E-mail address.

Defines the format of the file that will be distributed to the Scan Destination.

Defines the type of confirmation that the user will receive when the scan job has completed.

Defines the location where SMARTsend documents will be filed for Scan to

Home users.

Not a required field.

Will be defaulted to the User ID.

Can be edited on a per user basis.

Will be used as the template name on the Xerox Multifunction Device when the Scan to Home workflow is published as individual templates for selected users. See Publish Template(s) on page TBD for additional information.

User ID

Source Document Language

Code

Editable on a per user basis.

Default = Network ID portion of Username

The code that defines the language of the source documents.

Will only be used for OCR operation with the SMARTsend Professional Edition.

Will define the language dictionary that will be used when performing OCR on the document.

The two letter language code will be displayed.

Select User Properties to view the corresponding source document language.

Table 6-5: Fields in the Selected Users List

132 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Removing Users

To remove one or more users and/or groups from the list of Selected Users, select the users and/or groups and click Remove.

To select multiple users, press and hold the CTRL key while clicking on each user.

The Remove button is only enabled if at least one user from the Selected Users list has been selected.

User Properties

To view the user properties of users in the Selected Users list, select the users and/or groups and click

Properties. The User Properties dialog will be displayed. The Properties button is only enabled if at least one user from the Selected Users list has been selected.

Note: Note: If more than one user or group is selected, only the user properties that are the same for all users will be populated on the User Properties dialog. All other values will be left blank.

See User Defaults on page 134 for a description of user properties.

Status Bar

Provides status information to the system administrator when an operation has been performed.

Provides additional guidance during the user selection process.

Progress Bar

Activates when an operation is being performed. The Stop button allows you to terminate an operation being tracked by the progress bar.

User Menu Commands

Clear Selected Users List

This option clears the list of Selected Users. To clear the list, select Clear Selected Users List from the

User menu. You will be prompted to save your changes prior to clearing the Selected Users List.

Hide Selected Users and Groups from the Available List

By default, users and groups who are added to the Selected Users list will be removed from the

Available Users list.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

133

Scan to Home

To disable the feature and keep users and groups from being removed from the Available Users list, select Hide selected users from the Available Users list from the User menu.

Tip: Having this option selected helps avoid the potential of selecting duplicate users.

User Defaults

This option allows you to define the user properties used for all users added to the Selected Users list.

To change the default user properties, select User Defaults from the User menu.

Field Name Description Possible Values

Destination Type Defines the type of destination that will be filed to.

• Network Folder (default)

• FTP

• E-mail

Scan Output

Type

Source

Document

Language

Defines the format of the file that will be distributed to the Scan Destination.

• PDF, Text Searchable (*.pdf)

PDF, Image Only (*.pdf) (default)

Multi-Page Tiff (*.tif)

1

• Same as the OCR languages defined in the SMARTsend application.

• Default: English

Confirmation

Type

Defines the language of the source document. Will also define the language dictionary that will be used when performing OCR on the document.

Defines the type of confirmation that the Scan to Home user will receive when the scan job has completed.

No confirmation

Printed (default)

Table 6-6: User Default Properties

134 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Field Name Description Possible Values

Scan Destination Defines the home scan destination where output documents will be stored for the user.

• Default: \\thiscomputername\SS_Scans\%Username%

• Variable Options: Allows you to place variable data in the Scan Destination property.

• Username: For each user, the Network ID portion of the Username field will be inserted in place of the %Username% variable. (e.g. If the Scan

Destination has been defined as

\\thiscomputername\SS_Scans\%Username%, a

Username of XRXNA\UserA will resolve to a Scan

Destination of

\\thiscomputername\SS_Scans\UserA.)

• Domain: For each user, the Domain portion of the

Username field will be inserted in place of the

%Domain% variable.(e.g. If the Scan Destination has been defined as

\\thiscomputername\SS_Scans\%Domain%_%U sername%, a Username of XRXNA\UserA will resolve to a Scan Destination of

\\thiscomputername\SS_Scans\XRXNA_UserA.

• E-mail: For each user, the following will be inserted in place of the %E-mail% variable:

• Active Directory/ LDAP User Sources:

Mappings entered for the E-mail field on the

Mappings dialog.

• NT Domain/ Local Computer User Sources:

Value will be unavailable by default.

• Home Location: For each user, the following will be inserted in place of the %Home Location% variable:

• Active Directory/ LDAP User Sources:

Mappings entered for the Home Location field on the Mappings dialog.

• NT Domain/ Local Computer User Sources:

Value will be unavailable by default.

Note: If a value for E-mail or Home Location is not available, and you would like to use it to define a user's Scan

Destination, select each individual user and click the

Properties button. Modify the Scan Destination field to include the information.

Table 6-6: User Default Properties

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

135

Scan to Home

Field Name

Template Name

At Device

Document

Attribute

Identifier

Description Possible Values

Defines the name of the device scan template that will be published when using the SMARTsend application to publish individual templates for

Scan to Home users.

Populates the User ID field.

When the SMARTsend application is used to publish a single template for Scan to Home users and users will be identified by a document attribute field, the value entered for User

ID will be compared to that entered by the user at scan time.

• Default: %Username% (Network ID portion of

Username field will be used).

• Editable on a per user basis. Using the Properties button on the Selected Users panel.

• Variable Options: Allows you to place variable data in the Template Name property.

• Username: For each user, the Network ID portion of the Username field will be inserted in place of the %Username% variable. (e.g. A Username of

XRXNA\UserA will resolve to a Template Name of

UserA.)

• Domain: For each user, the Domain portion of the

Username field will be inserted in place of the

%Domain% variable.(e.g. If the Template Name has been defined as %Domain%_%Username%, a Username of XRXNA\UserA will resolve to a

Template Name of XRXNA_UserA.

• Default: %Username% (Network ID portion of

Username field will be used).

• Editable on a per user basis. Using the Properties button on the Selected Users panel.

• Variable Options: Allows you to place variable data in the Document Attribute Identifier property.

• Username: For each user, the Network ID portion of the Username field will be inserted in place of the %Username% variable. (e.g. A Username of

XRXNA\UserA will resolve to a Document Attribute

Identifier of UserA.).

• Domain: For each user, the Domain portion of the

Username field will be inserted in place of the

%Domain% variable.(e.g. If the Document

Attribute Identifier has been defined as

%Domain%_%Username%, a Username of

XRXNA\UserA will resolve to a Document Attribute

Identifier of XRXNA_UserA.

• E-mail: For each user, the following will be inserted in place of the %E-mail% variable:

• Active Directory/ LDAP User Sources:

Mappings entered for the E-mail field on the

Mappings dialog.

• NT Domain/ Local Computer User Sources:

Value will be unavailable by default.

Note: If a value for E-mail is not available, and you would like to use it to define the Document Attribute Identifier, select each individual user and click the Properties button. Modify the Document Attribute Identifier field to include the information.

Table 6-6: User Default Properties

136 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

1 Requires either the SMARTsend Professional Edition to perform OCR on the source documents. If selected, the Scan Output Type will revert to PDF, Image Only (*.pdf) on import to SMARTsend if either the Professional Edition is not used.

Note: Note: Any changes to default settings are saved and will be available the next time you access User Defaults.

Tools Menu Commands

Create User Folders

This option creates home scan destinations for users in the Selected Users list when the Destination

Type is either an FTP server or a network folder.

To open the Create User Folders dialog, select Create User Folders from the Tools menu.

Create folders for selected users:

Select this option if you would like to have folders created for users that are added to the Selected

Users list. If selected, folders will be created according to what is specified in the Scan Destination user property.

Set permissions for selected users:

Define the permissions that will be assigned to user FTP server and network folders.

Set user permissions:

Set filing account permissions:

If selected, full-control permissions to the folders will be given to the user who has specified the folder as their Scan Destination. Users will be identified by the

Username property.

Allows you to define the account name that will be used by SMARTsend when filing to the user folders. If selected, full-control permissions for this account will be applied to the user folders. These accounts should be domain accounts or local accounts on the computer where the user folders are located.

Use current account credentials:

When accessing the computer where the accounts are to be created or permissions are to be set, the credentials retrieved from the computer where the Scan to Home Utility is installed will be used.

Use the credentials below:

This option allows you to specify a username and password to use when accessing the computer where the accounts are to be created or permissions are to be set. These credentials are used for accessing the computer and will not be stored.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

137

Scan to Home

Options

This feature allows you to define settings that will be used when adding users to the Selected Users list.

To open the Options dialog, select Options from the Tools menu.

Add an entry for Groups in addition to their users:

Select this option when adding a Windows Group to the list of Selected Users if you would like to create both an entry for the group and entries for each user in the group.

If this option is not selected, you will be prompted to make this decision each time a group is added to the list of Selected Users.

Remove group members when removing a group:

Select this option if you want group member removed from the list of Selected Users when the group is removed.

When adding a duplicate user:

When a duplicate user is added to the list of Selected Users, you can select from the following options:

• Always overwrite existing users

• Prompt before overwriting

• Never overwrite existing user

File Menu Commands

Open an Existing .CSV File

To open an existing CSV file, select Open from the File menu.

Exporting a CSV File

The list of selected users must be exported to a CSV (Comma Separated Values) file to be imported into SMARTsend.

To export a CSV file:

1.

Select Save from the File menu.

2.

Type a name for the CSV file.

3.

Choose a location for the file.

4.

Click Save.

The file is now ready to be imported into the SMARTsend application.

138 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Exit Utility

To exit the utility, click the Exit button. If changes have not been saved, you will be prompted to save.

Editing User Properties

Modifying Single Users

To modify the properties of a single user:

1.

Select the user you wish to modify.

2.

Click Properties. The User Properties dialog opens.

3.

Make the necessary changes.

4.

If you would like to apply the changes to all future new users, select Apply to new selected users

from now on.

5.

Click OK.

Modifying Multiple Users

To modify the properties of multiple users:

1.

Press and hold the CTRL key.

2.

Select the users you wish to modify.

3.

Click Properties. The User Properties dialog opens.

4.

Make the necessary changes.

5.

If you would like to apply the changes to all future new users, select Apply to new selected users from now on.

Note: The utility will only pre-fill those user properties that are identical for all selected users. All other properties will be left blank when the User Properties dialog opens.

6.

Click OK.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

139

Scan to Home

SMARTsend Scan to Home Application Features

After the list of selected users has been exported to a CSV file using the Scan to Home Utility, you are ready to use the Scan to Home features of the SMARTsend application to import users and publish device scan templates. SMARTsend users can publish to their home scan destinations using these device scan templates.

Note: If you have not yet used the Scan to Home Utility to create and export a list of selected users, please see

Managing Scan to Home Templates on page 122.

Importing Users into the SMARTsend Scan to Home User Database

The Import Users page allows you to import the contents of a CSV file into the SMARTsend database.

This creates a list of users, and their corresponding Scan to Home properties, in the SMARTsend

database. A CSV file is created using the Scan to Home Utility. See Managing Scan to Home Templates on page 122.

To import users into the SMARTsend Scan to Home user database

1.

Launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

2.

On the Administration Home Page, locate the Manage Workflows and Publications pane and click the Manage Scan to Home Workflow and Publications link.

3.

Click Browse to locate the file to import.

4.

Click Open to display the contents of the CSV file. The contents of the selected CSV file will be shown and the Import Options will be enabled.

Note: If any problems are encountered with the CSV file, warnings and errors will be displayed when the file is opened. The Import Options will be unavailable if errors are found in the CSV file.

5.

Review and confirm the contents of the CSV file prior to importing it into the SMARTsend database.

6.

Select Import Options:

Append the users above to the users in the database (default) - Merges the list of users in the CSV file being imported to the list of existing Scan to Home users in the SMARTsend database. New users will be added and existing users will be replaced if duplicates exist.

Note: If a user in the CSV file being imported is already in the SMARTsend database, the existing Scan to Home user properties in the database will be overwritten.

140 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Replace the users in the database with the users above - The entire list of Scan to Home users in the SMARTsend database will be replaced with the list of users in the CSV file being imported. All prior users will be removed.

7.

Click the Import button. If successful, the contents of the CSV file will be imported into the

SMARTsend database and cleared from the Import Users page. If unsuccessful, an error will be displayed at the top of the page.

8.

If desired, import additional CSV files into the SMARTsend database.

Managing the SMARTSend Scan to Home Users Database

The Manage Users page allows you to view and edit the list of Scan to Home users that have been imported from CSV files to the SMARTsend database. From this page, you can:

• Add individual users to the SMARTsend Scan to Home users database

• Edit the properties of individual users

• Delete users from the database

• Export your changes as a CSV file

See

Selected Users List on page 131 for a detailed description of the information that is displayed on

the Manage Users page.

Accessing the Manage Users Page

To access the Manage Users page:

1.

Launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

2.

On the Administration Home Page, locate the Manage Workflows and Publications pane and click the Manage Scan to Home Workflow and Publications link.

3.

From the Scan to Home Tasks panel, click Manage Users.

4.

The list of Scan to Home users in the SMARTsend database is displayed.

Editing Users in the Database

To edit the contents of the SMARTsend Scan to Home users database:

1.

On the Manage Users page, scroll right. At the end of each user’s row is a link labeled Edit.

2.

Click Edit for the user you wish to modify. The properties for the user become editable.

3.

Make the desired changes.

4.

Click Apply to save your changes or click Cancel to discard changes.

Deleting Users from the Database

To delete users from the SMARTsend Scan to Home users database:

1.

At the Manage Users page, select the checkbox for the user(s) you wish to delete.

2.

Click Delete.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

141

Scan to Home

3.

Click OK to confirm the selection.

Adding Individual Users to the Database

To add an individual user to the SMARTsend Scan to Home users database:

1.

On the Manage Users page, scroll down to the row labeled New User.

2.

Scroll right to the end of the row. At the end of each user’s row is a link labeled Edit.

3.

Click Edit. The properties for the user become editable.

4.

Type the user information in the available data fields.

5.

Click Apply to save your changes or click Cancel to discard changes.

6.

Repeat this procedure for each individual user you wish to add.

Exporting Your Database Changes

Your modifications to the SMARTsend Scan to Home users database can be exported to a CSV file.

To export your database changes:

1.

At the Manage Users page, click the Export button to export all Scan to Home users to a CSV file.

2.

Choose one of the following: a.

Click Open to open and then save the CSV file.

b.

Click Save to save the file to a new or existing CSV file.

Tip: If you are using both the Scan to Home Utility and the SMARTsend application to edit the contents of CSV files, you may want to export the contents of the SMARTsend database to a CSV file in order to maintain a current file to be used with the client tool.

Managing Master Filing Credentials

In order to acquire access for filing to all FTP and Network Folder scan destinations, SMARTsend requires that master credentials be entered before templates are published for Scan to Home users.

To manage the Master Filing Credentials:

1.

Launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

2.

On the Administration Home Page, locate the Manage Workflows and Publications pane and click the Manage Scan to Home Workflow and Publications link.

3.

From the Scan to Home Tasks panel, click on Master Filing Credentials.

4.

On the Master Filing Credentials page, type and confirm the username and password for the master filing credentials to be used for filing to Network Folder scan destinations.

5.

Click Save Credentials to store the master filing account credentials.

6.

Type and confirm the username and password for the master filing credentials to be used for filing to FTP scan destinations.

142 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

7.

Click Save Credentials to store the master filing account credentials.

Note: If available, SMARTsend will pre-populate the master filing account usernames from the imported CSV file. If you are importing users from multiple CSV files, make sure that the scan destinations can be accessed using the same master filing credentials. If the master filing account usernames are changed in the SMARTsend application, this information will not be updated in the CSV file. Passwords are not stored in the CSV file.

Using Scan to Home Auto Lookup

Xerox SMARTsend includes a way to configure the Scan to Home feature. SMARTsend can be configured to automatically poll a server based on the user either logged in to the Multi-function

Device (MFD) or provided to the device via a document attribute field. The examples in this document use an Active Directory server as an example, but the steps can be used for other LDAP server types as well.

Prerequisites

This method of setup allows a zero administration setup with users managed by existing management tools such as "Active Directory Users and Computers" management console. SMARTsend will look up the users based on this initial setup and file the scan accordingly.

1.

An LDAP or Active directory server name.

2.

A domain name and password to use for LDAP authentication. This is required if the LDAP servers your organization uses require authentication. By default, Windows Server 2003 domains require authentication. Due to restrictions with the home directory attribute in Active Directory, authentication will also be required if this attribute will be used.

3.

A decision on destination type. Supported destinations include Email, Network Folder (Windows share), Netware Folder, Docushare, FTP, or Sharepoint. This document will focus on Network Folder but the steps for Netware Folder and FTP destinations will be very similar. SharePoint and

Docushare destinations will be covered in a separate document.

4.

The Xerox devices that you want to use for this procedure must be already set up on SMARTsend.

Using Scan to Home Auto Lookup with Active Directory

This document assumes that SMARTsend is already installed and preliminary setup has already taken place (for example, SMTP setup if needed, device configuration, and so forth).

Scan to Home may require additional steps on the MFD in order to function. Network Authentication must be configured correctly if users will be identified by device authentication. Please see the appropriate MFD documentation for the procedure to set up Network Authentication.

To configure SMARTsend for Scan to Home Auto Lookup:

1.

Navigate to Administration Home Page on the SmartSend server.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

143

Scan to Home

2.

In the Manage Workflows and Publications area, click Manage Scan to Home Workflow and

Publications.

3.

In the Scan to Home Tasks area on the left of the window, click Manage Users.

4.

The Manage Scan to Home Users window appears. Locate the New User ID and, on the far right of this ID, click Edit.

5.

The window refreshes. The fields for this User ID are now available for editing. Configure the user with the following settings: c.

User ID: xrxscan2home d.

Network ID: xrxscan2home e.

Domain: xrx f.

Scan Destination: [email protected]

6.

On the far right of this User ID, click Apply.

7.

The window refreshes. Ensure the entries are correct before proceeding.

8.

In the Scan to Home Tasks area, click Manage Settings.

9.

The Manage Automatic Scan to Home LDAP Lookup Settings window appears. Select Enable

automatic Scan to Home LDAP lookup.

10. Fill out the remainder of the LDAP server configuration page according to your environment.

Information about the required areas of the configuration page follow.

Note: In most cases you can use the fully qualified domain name in place of the LDAP server name (e.g. adsdomain.domain.com). If DNS is set properly, this will resolve to one of the domain controllers for the domain. If this does not work use a DNS name or IP address for a specific domain controller or other LDAP server.

Note: Active Directory 2003 and later require LDAP authentication by default.

If it is desired to use a global catalog server, use servername.domain.com:3268 to specify the global catalog server / port number.

11. Set LDAP Property Mappings according to your LDAP configuration. For Active Directory set the mappings as follows: a.

E-Mail Address: mail b.

Login Name: sAMAccountName c.

Home Location: homeDirectory

Only set this property if you plan on scanning to a users home folder, otherwise leave this mapping blank.

12. Set User Workflow Defaults according to your preferences. Supported destinations include:

• Email recipient

144 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

• FTP

• Network Folder (Windows Share)

• Docushare Collection

• SharePoint 2001 or 2003/2007 portal server

• Netware folder (Novell) a.

There are four variables that can be used to create a scan destination path. These variables, which get their data from the configured LDAP server, can be used on their own or in combination with the other variables to create a Scan Destinations path. The variables available are as follows:

%EMAIL% - the e-mail address of Scan to Home user based on the LDAP mapping defined in step 8.

%DOMAIN% - the domain of logged-in user.

Note: The %DOMAIN% variable can only be used if Device Authentication is being used for user identification.

%HOME% - the Home Location of the Scan to Home user based on the LDAP mapping defined in step 8.

%USERNAME% - the user name of Scan to Home user based on the LDAP mappings defined in step 8.

b.

Example of the e-mail Destination Type - This example will send the scan to the logged in users email address

Destination Type: E-mail recipient

Scan Output type: Set to your preferences

Source Document Language: Set to your preferences

Confirmation Type: Set to your preferences. It is suggested to set this to Printed

Confirmation so the user has immediate feedback whether or not the scan succeeded.

Scan Destination: %EMAIL% c.

Example of home directory destination - This example will store the scanned document in the logged in user’s Home Directory as defined in LDAP or Active Directory. This destination folder must already exist or the process will fail.

Destination Type: Network Folder

Scan Output type: Set to your preferences

Source Document Language: Set to your preferences

Confirmation Type: Set to your preferences

Scan Destination: %HOME% d.

Example of an alternate network folder location - This example will store the scanned document to a shared folder on a server called "WindowsServer" (any server available on the network that SMARTsend is attached to). The path on the server, for this example, is a shared folder called "scanning". Inside this folder is a folder named after the user's domain and a subfolder named after the user’s Windows username.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

145

Scan to Home

Destination Type: Network Folder

Scan Output type: Set to your preferences

Source Document Language: Set to your preferences

Confirmation Type: Set to your preferences

Scan Destination: \\WindowsServer\scanning\%DOMAIN%\%USERNAME%\

Note: This is only an example of how to use the variables, these variables allow the flexibility of setting up a scan destination that can be adjusted to meet the needs of the end user.

Click Apply to save the selections made and continue.

13. For all destination types except E-mail Recipient, select Manage Master Filing Credentials from the Scan to Home Tasks area.

a.

Fill out credential information for the destination type selected earlier. For Network Folder it is recommended that you use the syntax domain\username. For Netware Folder use the fully qualified username.

b.

This user needs to have write access to all the shared folders of all users since this will be the account that places the scanned document in the user's folder.

c.

Click Save for any of the areas you change.

14. In the Scan to Home Tasks area, click Publish Templates. The Publish Template(s) window appears.

a.

For Publication Options, select One or more templates shared by users. This selection is required if the auto-lookup feature will be used since there will be no users preloaded in the user database.

b.

Under Document Types for Shared Templates, you can either select the Shared Template

Produces the Document Type Specified for the User to have the MFD produce the document type assigned to that user or select Publish a Shared Template for each of the

Selected Document Types to publish multiple shared templates. This shared template selection allows the user at the MFD to override the user’s assigned setting by choosing one of the new templates to produce the specified document type. If you select The Document

Type of the Shared Template is entered by a User at the Device, a screen at the MFD requests the user to enter the specified document type. Enter the exact name of the document type such as TEXTPDF, IMAGEPDF, MTIFF or RTF. To learn the valid names, select the Manage Settings link in the side navigation panel. On the Manage Automatic Scan to

Home LDAP Lookup Settings page, locate the Document Types for Shared Templates area of the page. The document types that can be entered at the MFD are listed in the textboxes.

146 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home c.

Select Users will be identified by device authentication if you plan on using Network

Authentication at the MFD or select Users will be identified by document attribute field if the user will be entering their user name at the MFD. The name that appears in the

Document Attribute Field Name is not editable.

Note: Using a document attribute field will allow any user to scan to the scan destination of any other user as long as they know the User ID for that user. The scanning user will not, however, have rights to view this scan after processing.

d.

To identify a network file or email subject for instance, select a Document Name option:

-It is recommended that you select the first button and type the prefix that will appear before all scanned documents. You can also append a suffix to the file name to ensure that the name is unique (for example, if the destination is a folder and you do not want to overwrite an existing file). The Document Name field can be blank as long as you enter a suffix.

-However, if you want SMARTsend to generate an 8-character name, select the Auto

Generate button. No suffix is added.

-If you select the Scan Source button, the user needs to enter a name at the MFD. You can also append a suffix to the file name to ensure that the name is unique (for example, if the destination is a folder and you do not want to overwrite an existing file). The Document

Name field can be blank as long as you enter a suffix.

Also it is recommended that for Name Suffix you select Date and Time. This will allow you to locate your documents easily and, with the date and time in the document name, select the correct document based on when it was created.

e.

To learn about the Individual Template for the Users and Groups Selected below option and the Document Attributes Fields option, refer to the Publishing Scan to Home Templates section.

f.

Click Publish to Multifunction Device at the bottom of the window when you have finished.

15. The Publish Workflow to Xerox Multifunction Device page appears. For Publication Name type the name that will be selected on the Multifunction Device.

Tip: If you make the first character of the Publication Name an underscore ( _ ), the name will appear in the top of the list of templates, making it easy to locate.

16. From the Add workflow publication to the following device(s) list, select the Multifunction

Devices where you want this workflow to appear and click OK.

Note: The workflows on selected devices may have to be refreshed on the local User

Interface before they are available for use.

17. Click Home to return to the Administration Home Page and then click View All Publications and verify that the Scan to Home workflow is present.

18. Close the browser window to end your session.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

147

Scan to Home

End User Steps for Scan to Home

Once you have completed the steps detailed above, end users can utilize their MFD for Scan to Home with Auto Lookup. The procedure that follows outlines the steps required by an end user. Note that the following steps will vary slightly from device to device.

Note: The workflows on selected devices may have to be refreshed on the local User

Interface before they are available for use. To update the template list, touch the User

Interface on the MFD as follows: All Services > Network Scanning > Refresh Destinations

> Update Template List

To use Scan to Home with Auto Lookup on an MFD:

1.

Select the Network Scanning pathway on the Multifunction Device.

2.

If network authentication is enabled, login to the device using network credentials.

3.

Select the Scan to Home template on the MFD. Note that the name of the template is determined during publication.

4.

If Document Attributes are used for user selection, enter the username when prompted.

5.

Load originals in document feeder or place single original on document glass.

6.

Press Start.

7.

Scan will be filed or sent to location defined earlier.

Supplemental Notes

• When configuring a device for Network authentication it is important to ensure that user name and domain name is included in the job log. If both are not included, SMARTsend may not be able to find users. This is typically defined on the general Network Scanning page of the Web UI.

• When configuring a device for Network Authentication, NETBIOS domain names (for example, adsdomain) must be used. If fully qualified names (for example, ads.domain.com) are used,

SMARTsend will not be able to find users.

• As users scan to SMARTsend using the Auto-Lookup feature they will be added to the SMARTsend database. These users can be viewed using the "Manage Users" page.

• If the scan destination changes (for example, the administrator decides to change from email to network folder) after Scan to Home has been used by users, it is recommended that the administrator delete all users from the manage users page except the sample user created in Step

4.

148 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

Publishing Scan to Home Templates

Before users can be given access to Scan to Home device scan templates, you must select publication and document naming options, select document attribute fields and publish the Scan to Home templates to selected devices that have been configured for use with SMARTsend.

Note: You will be unable to publish Scan to Home device scan templates if credentials have not been entered at the Master Filing Credentials page.

To publish SMARTsend Scan to Home templates:

1.

Launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

2.

On the Administration Home Page, locate the Manage Workflows and Publications pane and click the Manage Scan to Home Workflow and Publications link.

3.

From the Scan to Home Tasks panel, click Publish Template(s).

4.

Select a Publication Option.

One or MoreTemplates Shared by Users on page 151. Choose an authentication option:

Users will be Identified by Device Authentication on page 152

Users will be Identified by a Document Attribute Field on page 152

Individual Templates for the Users and Groups Selected Below on page 152

5.

Select a Document Name option.

See "Document Name" in the SMARTsend User Guide for additional information.

6.

Select a Document Attribute Profile .

See "Document Attribute Profiles" in the SMARTsend User Guide for additional information.

7.

Click Publish to a Multifunction Device. The Publish Workflow to Xerox Multifunction Device page is displayed.

Publish Page

Publishing a Common Template That Users Share

When this option has been selected:

1.

Specify a unique publication name. The default publication name is _MyHome.

Note: When modifying the publication name keep in mind that, at the device local user interface, device scan templates that have an underscore as the first character of the name will be placed ahead of templates that have an alphanumeric character as the first character.

2.

Select an expiration time.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

149

Scan to Home

3.

Select the devices to which the template will be published.

4.

Enter document attribute values. If the values are to be specified at the device, select Editable at

the device.

5.

Select a Scan Profile. Click Properties to adjust the scan settings as needed.

6.

Click OK.

7.

The template will be published. Click Return to Home Page at the bottom of the page to return to the User Home Page.

See Chapter 5, Publishing Workflows in the SMARTsend User Guide for additional information.

Publishing Individual Templates for the Users and Groups Selected Below

When this option has been selected:

1.

If there is more than one S2H user defined, the Hide Users with Scan to Home Publications checkbox displays. When publishing an S2H workflow for a user, select this checkbox to hide this user the next time you view the list of users.

2.

Select an expiration time.

3.

Select the devices to which the template will be published.

4.

Enter document attribute values. If the values are to be specified at the device, select Editable at

the device.

5.

Select a Scan Profile. Click Properties to adjust the scan settings as needed.

6.

Click OK.

7.

The template will be published. Click Return to Home Page at the bottom of the page to return to the User Home Page.

See Chapter 5, Publishing Workflows in the SMARTsend User Guide for additional information.

Note: When using this option, you will not be prompted to enter a publication name.

Individual values stored in the SMARTsend database for the Template Name property will be used as the publication name for the device scan templates. It is important that each Template Name be unique. Templates will only be published for users that have a unique Template Name.

Adding Scan to Home Publications to Additional Devices

In order to publish Scan to Home device scan templates to additional devices, follow the same procedure for publishing templates and reselect all of the devices where you would like to publish the templates.

Viewing Scan to Home Publications

To view Scan to Home device scan template publications from the User Home

Page:

1.

Launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

150 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

2.

On the User Home Page, locate the Workflows pane and click the View All Workflows link. The

Workflow Explorer page will be displayed.

3.

Select the Scan to Home workflow.

4.

From the Workflow Tasks panel, click View Publications.

To view Scan to Home device scan template publications from the Administration

Home Page:

1.

Launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

2.

On the Administration Home Page, locate the Manage Workflows and Publications pane and click the View All Workflows link. The Manage Workflows page will be displayed.

3.

Select the Scan to Home workflow.

4.

From the Workflow Views panel, click the desired view publication option.

Deleting Scan to Home Publications

To delete Scan to Home device scan template publications:

1.

Launch SMARTsend as an Administrator.

2.

On the Administration Home Page, locate the Manage Workflows and Publications pane and click the View All Publications link. The Manage Workflows page will be displayed.

3.

Select the Scan to Home publication you would like to delete.

About Scan to Home Template Publishing Options

This section explains some of the options on the Scan to Home Template Publishing Options.

SMARTsend retains the last publish options selected.

One or MoreTemplates Shared by Users

If the option The Shared template produces the document type specified for the user is selected, a single device scan template, with default name _MyHome, will be published. This name can be changed. When the _MyHome template is selected at the scanning device, the template will file to the authenticated users Scan Destination defined in the SMARTsend database.

If the option Publish a shared template for each of the selected document types is selected, multiple templates will be published, one for each of the checked types. On the publish page, a base name can be entered (defaults to _MyHome), and the base name has suffixes added to it for each checked type. The current types are pdf with image on text, pdf image only, multi-page tiff, rich text format, and a template that requests the type to be entered at the MFD.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

151

Scan to Home

Users will be Identified by Device Authentication

Requires that the scanning device(s), where the Scan to Home device scan template is published, also support authentication, and that authentication be configured and enabled on each device. Values provided to SMARTsend in the device job log will be compared to the Domain and Network ID properties stored in the SMARTsend database and will be used to identify a Scan to Home user's Scan

Destination.

The scanning device must be configured to require the device job log contain both the Domain and

User Name that a user enters to authenticate. Please consult your device system administrator for additional information.

Users will be Identified by a Document Attribute Field

Requires the system administrator to enter a prompt name in the Document Attribute Field Name field. When the Scan to Home workflow is published as a device scan template, a required document attribute field, with this prompt name, will be included in the template. The default prompt name will be Username. At scan time, values entered by users for this field will be compared to the User ID property stored in the SMARTsend database and will be used to identify a Scan to Home user's Scan

Destination.

This document attribute field will be editable at the device and will reduce the number of fields that can be designated as editable at the device from six to five. Also, please ensure that the prompt name that you enter does not conflict with the field names of the document attribute fields in the Document

Attribute Profile that you will select.

Individual Templates for the Users and Groups Selected Below

If this option is selected, a uniquely named device scan template will be published for each selected user. Values stored in the SMARTsend database for the Template Name property will be used for naming of the device scan template(s). With this option, template users will not need to authenticate at scan time. The device scan template will file to the Scan Destination value stored in the SMARTsend database for users of the template. Click Hide users with Scan to Home publications to show only the users that do not have Scan to Home device scan templates published.

This option requires that all Template Name property values in the SMARTsend database be unique. If the Template Name property values are not unique, a validation error will be produced and you will be unable to publish templates using this option. Use the Manage Users page to review and edit Template

Name property values.

Document Attribute Profile

Sets of document attribute fields configured for reuse. Each field in the profile is associated or mapped to a corresponding field for one or more destinations. By default, the No Document Profile option will be selected.

152 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Scan to Home

A document attribute profile may include default or custom attribute properties and mappings that are common to a specific workflow. Custom profiles must be created prior to publishing Scan to Home device scan templates. When you select a document attribute profile, a static view of the fields that are associated with the profile will be shown.

Document Name

The Document Name options define the output file name of the file to be generated and filed to the

Scan Destination. Identification information is applied after the document is scanned. Determine the constraints (such as the characters allowed and the file overwrite policy) of your filing destinations before naming the output document.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

153

Scan to Home

154 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

7

Application, device, and network errors can occur in a variety of situations. This chapter includes some of the common issues and Frequently Asked Questions that pertain to SMARTsend, Xerox Multifunction

Devices, and related networking issues.

What’s in this chapter:

Troubleshooting a Problem on page 156

SMARTsend Confirmations and Error Logs on page 157

Common Issues on page 158

Frequently Asked Questions on page 168

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

155

Problem Solving

Troubleshooting a Problem

When a problem persists, document the error messages and gather information to define the problem.

The following problem-solving procedures are recommended:

• Accurately define the problem. When, where, and how does the problem occur?

• Reproduce the problem. Can the problem be reproduced consistently or is it an intermittent problem?

• Ask other users if they have encountered the problem, and keep a log to track problem occurrences.

• Examine the data for trends and the common attributes that may be related to the problem. For example, does the problem occur only with a specific multifunction device or on a specific workstation or network configuration?

• Review the product documentation, including the README files and problem solving topics, to see if any similar problems are documented.

If a cause and solution to the problem cannot be identified, call Xerox Customer Support to report the error information. Provide the support representative with the documentation that you have gathered to define the problem. Be sure to have your product Serial Number available at the time you place the

call. See Customer Support on page 15 for additional information.

156 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Confirmations and Error Logs

Problem Solving

SMARTsend supplies the following information to aid the troubleshooting process:

Job Confirmation Page. If an option to report job outcome has been selected, a job confirmation page is either printed or e-mailed according to the Job Confirmation setting in the Workflow

Settings page. Keep in mind that printed confirmation can be issued to a device only if the device provides its IP address in the job log. Some older Xerox devices, such as the Document Centre

420/425/432/440 series, do not provide this information. The Document Centre 545/555 series will provide its IP address in the job log if the Confirmation Report is enabled on the device. If a device does not support these requirements, choose e-mail confirmation as an alternative.

Note: The default for this option is OFF. If you edit an existing workflow and turn this feature on, you will need to re-publish the Device Scan Templates or PaperWare cover sheets (Professional Edition feature) in order for the confirmation to work.

Should troubleshooting be necessary, use the information from this page to trace a job’s path from scanning device to destination. The following job data are reported:

• Job Status. SUCCEEDED or FAILED

• Job Status Details. An explanation for jobs with a status of FAILED.

Job Information. Reports the job date and time, SMARTsend computer name, and job submitter (user).

• Workflow Information. Reports the workflow name, description, publication name, publication date and time, and publication creator (owner).

• Document Scanner Service. Reports status of the actual scanning procedure.

Destination Name. Reports disposition of job at final destination, such as at a DocuShare site, FTP site, or remote printer.

• Notes. Additional comments on Job Status related to E-mail and Remote Printer destinations.

Administrator contact information. Prints the name, e-mail address, and telephone number of the SMARTsend administrator as entered in the Administration General Settings page.

System Error Logs. SMARTsend maintains a SMARTsendLog that reports a variety of system events such as device configuration, the starting and stopping of SMARTsend services and unsuccessful database backup attempts. Access it through Windows Event Viewer.

Events such as the starting and stopping of SMARTsend services are reported to the standard

Windows event logs as appropriate. The Windows logs also contain entries concerning the

Microsoft applications with which SMARTsend works, such as the .NET Framework, SQL 2005, and

MDAC.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

157

Problem Solving

Common Issues

Server Unavailable Errors

Both the Microsoft .NET Framework and Internet Information Services (IIS) are installed on my

Windows 2000 server, but when I start SMARTsend, I receive a "Server unavailable" error message.

IIS must be installed before the .NET Framework on a Windows 2000 server. Please consult the

Microsoft Web site, www.microsoft.com, for IIS installation and configuration instructions.

To remedy, perform the following procedure:

1.

Uninstall SMARTsend, IIS, and the .NET Framework.

2.

Reboot.

3.

Reinstall IIS.

4.

Reinstall SMARTsend (the SMARTsend installer loads the .NET Framework.).

5.

After rebooting, SMARTsend should work properly.

403 "Forbidden" Error

I installed SMARTsend on a Windows Server 2003 host. When I start the application I receive a "403

Forbidden" error.

SMARTsend requires that ASP.NET be installed on a host running Windows Server 2003. ASP.NET is not installed on Windows Server 2003 by default. Please consult the Microsoft Web site, www.microsoft.com

, for ASP.NET installation and configuration instructions.

SMARTsend does not recognize IIS FTP service

If the IIS FTP service was installed after SMARTsend was installed, SMARTsend will not recognize the

FTP service. Perform the following procedure to remedy this situation.

To add support for the FTP protocol to SMARTsend:

1.

Access Add/Remove Programs on a SMARTsend computer running Windows 2000 Server, or Add or Remove Programs on a SMARTsend computer running Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP

Professional, or Programs and Features on Windows Vista.

2.

Select SMARTsend

3.

Click Change.

4.

Click Repair.

5.

Complete the procedure.

158 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

Login Failure Message

When I try to scan with a published workflow (a Device Scan Template or PaperWare Cover Sheet), I get the following login failure message:

A login failure occurred. Please contact the workflow owner to check for valid credentials for this destination.

This message indicates that the template or cover sheet you are attempting to use has invalid or missing credentials. Published workflows require valid credentials to gain access to each destination. If the credentials change for any scanning destination, then the workflow owner must make the corresponding change to their SMARTsend credentials. Use the Manage My Credentials link on the

SMARTsend User Home Page to update credentials.

SMARTsend Inaccessibility within an Intranet

The behavior of the proxy server settings within newer versions of Internet Explorer and other browsers may vary among different software releases. If you are running SMARTsend on an intranet, the

SMARTsend computer must be in the proxy server exceptions list. See Client and Browser Configuration on page 37 for more information.

Note: Each user may need to enter the specific IP Address AND the fully qualified Host

Name for the SMARTsend computer.

Non-Microsoft Browser Access Problems

The IIS Basic Authentication setting must be enabled on the SMARTsend computer when any supported non-Microsoft browser is used to access SMARTsend.

With this configuration, users will not be able to access SMARTsend if the IIS Basic Authentication

option is disabled on the SMARTsend computer. See Windows Authentication Methods Configuration on page 27 for more information.

Missing Icons on Document Destinations Page

In some cases, inconsistent DNS configurations may prevent the icons on the Document Destinations page from displaying. To resolve this issue, verify that the client computer has the same DNS configuration as the SMARTsend computer and correct any inconsistencies.

Page Could Not be Displayed Error

After a server upgrade from Windows 2000 Server or Advanced Server to Windows Server 2003, users may experience a Page Could Not be Displayed error when accessing the site. If this situation occurs,

check to confirm that the IIS default web site is running. See Install and Configure IIS / FTP on page 26

and

Enable ASP.NET on page 29 for more information.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

159

Problem Solving

Pop-up Blocker Problems

Pop-up blockers may interfere with some SMARTsend windows. Pop-up blockers should be disabled for the SMARTsend URL.

Device Communication and Configuration Issues

There are a variety of configuration issues that can interfere with communication between SMARTsend and Xerox Multifunction Devices. In some cases, SMARTsend can repair certain configuration problems.

If the problem cannot be repaired, SMARTsend will provide error messages and troubleshooting information to help you resolve these issues.

The first course of action to resolve device communication and configuration issues is to use the

SMARTsend device Repair feature.

To repair a device configuration:

1.

From the Administration Home Page, click View Xerox Devices.

2.

Select the device from the list.

3.

Click Repair. If the problem can be fixed automatically, the status icon will change to signify that the device is properly configured. If SMARTsend detects a configuration problem that it cannot repair, additional information will be displayed in the Error Message column.

If the Repair does not resolve the problem, use the Test Configuration feature to perform a more comprehensive configuration test and obtain more detailed status and troubleshooting information.

To test a device configuration:

1.

From the Administration Home Page, click View Xerox Devices.

2.

Select the device from the list.

3.

Click Test Configuration. SMARTsend will display a Test Device Configuration page containing a test summary and individual status indicators for each test category. Review the information, then

click OK to return to the Manage Xerox Device page. See Test Device Configuration on page 161

for additional information.

4.

If the test failed, an Error Message will be displayed on the Manage Xerox Devices page. Follow the troubleshooting instructions provided in the Error Message column.

Note: If an error is detected, click the icon in the Error Message column to display additional diagnostic and troubleshooting information.

160 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

Test Device Configuration

The Test Device Configuration page depicts the test results that are obtained when the Test

Configuration feature is performed on one or more Xerox devices. The following information is provided:

Test Summary—This column summarizes the test results for a given device. When a device fails any test, it will be shown as unavailable and an error message will be displayed in the Error Message column on the Manage Xerox Devices page. You can click the icon in the Error Message column to display additional diagnostic and troubleshooting information.

Device Account Test—This test validates the credentials for the device account. This test will fail if the device account password has expired or if the device account was deleted.

Default Repository Access Test—This test verifies that the default repository on the device is accessible by the device account. This test will fail if the device account does not have access to the default repository directory or the SMARTsend computer.

Protocol Test—This test verifies that the data transfer protocol configured on the device is still supported by the SMARTsend computer. This test will fail if the data transfer protocol is invalid or was removed from the SMARTsend computer.

Port Test—This test verifies that the data transfer protocol port on the SMARTsend computer matches the port configured on the device. This test will fail if the data transfer protocol port was updated on the SMARTsend computer, and the device was not reconfigured.

Device Settings Test—This test verifies that the network scanning settings on the device match the

SMARTsend system settings. This test will fail if the device was configured for network scanning by another application or configuration method.

Template Pool Access Test—This test verifies that the template pool is accessible by the device account and contains all template publications for this device. This test will fail if the device account does not have access to the template pool directory or the SMARTsend computer, or if one or more templates were deleted from the SMARTsend computer file system.

If you are unable to resolve the problem using the Repair and Test Configuration options, check the following items:

• The Xerox Multifunction Device must be online and not in the process of rebooting.

• The Xerox Multifunction Device must be properly configured to support network scanning.

• TCP/IP must be enabled on the device.

• SNMP must be enabled on the device and the SNMP settings must match the SNMP settings configured within SMARTsend.

• SNMP communication must be enabled on your network, and SNMP broadcast must be enabled to support SMARTsend device discovery (Discover Now option).

If using DNS, verify that the computer is correctly configured in DNS. See Verifying the

SMARTsend Computer DNS Configuration on page 24 for more information.

• If the SMARTsend computer is configured in DNS, the Xerox Multifunction Devices used with

SMARTsend must be configured for DNS. The device DNS settings should be configured manually

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

161

Problem Solving via the device user interface, or via the embedded web server (CentreWare Internet Services) before you attempt to add the device to SMARTsend.

• If the SMARTsend computer address or fully qualified Host Name changes, the site administrator must repair or reconfigure all devices that have been configured to work with that computer.

• If the update template list feature at the Xerox Multifunction Device generates errors or a partial template list, perform the following actions:

• Follow the device Repair and Test Configuration procedures if you have not done so. See Device

Communication and Configuration Issues on page 160 for additional information.

• See Template Refresh Failure at Devices on page 162 for additional information.

• SMARTsend does not automatically support device account names that have been modified at the device user interface or the embedded web server (CentreWare Internet Services). These configuration changes should be made via the SMARTsend Manage Device Account Credentials page.

• If SMARTsend is being installed on a Windows XP Professional computer, then Simple File Sharing must be turned off. Please consult the Microsoft web site, www.microsoft.com

, for Simple File

Sharing configuration instructions.

If SMB filing is required, then File and Printer Sharing must be turned on. See Enable File and

Printer Sharing on page 25 for additional information.

• Confirm that the ports required for each supported protocol (FTP, SMB, HTTP, HTTPS) are not blocked by filtering at a switch, router, or firewall.

• If these actions do not resolve the problem, reboot the device and check these items again. If the problem persists, contact Xerox customer support for assistance.

Note: SMARTsend supports the management of a limited number of Xerox

Multifunction Devices. Open the SMARTsend About box to check the number of devices that are available. The last digits appended to the Serial Number indicate the number of devices that can be supported with your current installation. By default, SMARTsend Standard and Professional Editions support the configuration of up to five devices. License pack upgrades allowing the management of more devices may be purchased.

Template Refresh Failure at Devices

There are several potential causes of template refresh failures on Xerox Multifunction Devices. The general issue is that the device, regardless of selected transfer protocol (SMB, FTP, HTTP, HTTPS), either cannot access the templates from the computer or cannot log in to that location. In some cases, the device configuration could also be overwritten by another application.

Use the SMARTsend device Repair and Test Configuration features to resolve template problems. See

Device Communication and Configuration Issues on page 160 for additional information.

162 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

If the template refresh problem is not resolved after checking all the device communication and configuration issues, try the following measures:

• Confirm that the device is pointed to the correct SMARTsend computer. This can be verified using the device embedded web server (CentreWare Internet Services).

• Confirm that the accounts for template pool and repository credentials contain the correct password.

• Confirm that the SMARTsend device account password is synchronized with the account password on the device.

• Confirm that the SMARTsend device account has local logon privileges on the SMARTsend computer.

• Confirm that the SMARTsend device accounts have network access to the SMARTsend computer.

This can be done by checking the Local Security Policy on the computer to ensure that the Users group has local access.

• Confirm that the device Template Pool Setup is configured properly and is using the correct protocol. Also, confirm that the IP Address or Host Name for the template pool setup and file repository setup points to the SMARTsend computer IP Address.

Note: Use the CentreWare Internet Services remote user interface to confirm these settings.

Try the following approaches if your transfer protocol is FTP:

• Confirm that FTP is installed and running under IIS on the SMARTsend computer.

• If FTP was installed after SMARTsend was installed, follow the instructions provided under

SMARTsend does not recognize IIS FTP service on page 158.

• Use the Windows command prompt to start a FTP session and try logging in to FTP using the same account name and password used to set up the device. For example

> FTP localhost (or IP Address)

> username

> password

If login fails, it is most likely that the account name and password used are not valid.

Note: It is best to use a client on the same segment of the network as the device that you are troubleshooting.

Try the following approach if your transfer protocol is SMB:

• Verify the account name and password by accessing the SMB share from another client.

SharePoint Portal Server 2001 Compatibility with Windows Server 2003

The SharePoint Portal Server 2001 client cannot be installed with the Windows Server 2003 operating system. If SMARTsend is installed on a Windows Server 2003 server and a SharePoint Portal Server

2001 destination is required, the following procedure must be used.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

163

Problem Solving

To configure a SharePoint Portal Server 2001 destination on Windows Server 2003:

1.

From the SMARTsend User Site, click Manage My Credentials.

2.

Under the Credentials Tasks, click Add new credential.

3.

For the Account Type, select Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2003.

4.

Complete the remaining fields in the Account Settings dialog by entering the SharePoint Portal

Server 2001 parameters instead of the SharePoint Portal Server 2003 parameters.

5.

Click OK to create the SharePoint Portal Server 2001 credential.

Note: This procedure enables users to create a SharePoint Portal Server 2001 destination using the SMARTsend Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2003 destination service. Under these circumstances, it would be best to disable the SMARTsend

Microsoft SharePoint Portal Server 2001 service to avoid end user confusion. To do so, select Configure Service Settings on Administration Home Page, then Edit and uncheck

(disable) the SharePoint Portal Server 2001 service.

SharePoint 2001 / Windows 2000 SP4 Incompatibility

When SMARTsend is installed on a Windows 2000 or Windows 2000 Advanced Server with Windows

2000 SP4 installed, users may experience an inoperable Expand (+) button on the SharePoint Portal

Server 2001 destination page.

To resolve the browse button operability issue:

1.

Install SharePoint Portal Server 2001 SP3 on the SharePoint server.

2.

Enable "Directory Browsing" in Microsoft Internet Information Services (IIS) on the SMARTsend computer.

Please consult the Microsoft Web site, www.microsoft.com

, for IIS installation and configuration instructions.

"Validation Failed" Error with Domino.doc Destinations

Several SMARTsend scanning destinations require the installation of a client or additional software on the SMARTsend computer. In the case of Domino.doc destinations, a user will receive a "validation

failed" error message if the Domino.doc client is not installed on the SMARTsend computer. See

Additional Requirements for Destinations on page 35 for more information.

Domino Server Error Messages

Storage of large documents may fail on some Domino servers. The server may generate error messages such as Invalid POST Request Exception, Error Uploading Files, or Internal Server Error. To resolve this error, go to the Internet Protocols - Domino Web Engine tab and set the Maximum POST data setting to a value that will handle the anticipated maximum file size.

164 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

Docushare and SharePoint Portal Server Access via HTTP Proxy Servers

The SMARTsend computer registry must be customized if a DocuShare or SharePoint Portal Server

2003/2007 destination needs to be accessed through an HTTP proxy server. The customization procedures are documented below.

CAUTION: Windows registry editing can pose serious risks if the changes are not implemented properly. Please perform a registry backup before proceeding.

To enable SMARTsend proxy server support for DocuShare or SharePoint Portal Server 2003/2007:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an administrator.

2.

From the Administration Home Page, access the General Settings page. Located under the Site

Configuration Tasks in the left panel of the window, select the Advanced Settings link.

3.

Under the HTTP Proxy Server Settings, enable the proxy server by selecting the Use Proxy checkbox.

4.

In the Proxy Server field, enter:

Use the following syntax if a different proxy server is used for each protocol:

<protocol 1>=<server>:<port>;<protocol 2>=<server>:<port>)

Example: http=www.wb.mycompany.com:8080;https=www.wb.mycompany.com:8000

- OR -

Use the following syntax if the same proxy server is used for each protocol:

<server>:<port>

Example: www.wb.mycompany.com:8080

5.

In the Proxy Override field, enter (string value = addresses accessible without a proxy server)

Example: 13.*.*.*;xww.*.world.xerox.com

Note: ProxyOverride values may be copied directly from the Internet Explorer proxy server configuration. From Internet Explorer, choose Tools > Internet Options >

Connections > LAN Settings > Advanced > Exceptions.

6.

Close the registry to save the changes.

7.

Confirm DocuShare or SharePoint Portal Server 2003/2007 access from the SMARTsend computer by using a browser to access a valid DocuShare or SharePoint Portal Server 2003/2007 collection.

Once access has been confirmed, SMARTsend may be used to file to the DocuShare or SharePoint

Portal Server 2003/2007 destination.

Install/Uninstall and Add Device Errors Related to DCOM Default Access

Permissions

The following error conditions may occur if the DCOM Default Access Permissions have been altered on

Windows 2000-based SMARTsend computers:

• Add/Remove Programs window cannot be moved, resized, or closed after a failed uninstall.

• Fatal errors during installation message displayed 15-20 minutes after attempted install

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

165

Problem Solving

• Add Xerox Devices operation fails because of an access denied error condition.

To correct DCOM Access Permissions (in Windows 2000):

1.

Click Start > Run .

2.

Type dcomcnfg and press Enter. The Distributed COM Configuration Properties dialog box appears.

3.

Click the Default Security tab.

4.

Click Edit Default in the Default Access Permissions section. The Registry Value Permissions dialog box appears.

5.

If both of the following conditions apply, click OK twice to exit.

• The Name field includes the SYSTEM and INTERACTIVE accounts.

• Type of Access for both accounts is Allow Access.

Otherwise, proceed to Step 6.

6.

Click Add. The Add Users and Groups dialog box appears.

7.

Confirm that the local computer name is listed under List Names From.

8.

Confirm that Type of Access is set to Allow Access.

9.

Select the INTERACTIVE account if it was missing and click Add.

10. Select the SYSTEM account if it was missing and click Add.

11. Click OK on the next three screens to exit Distributed COM Configuration.

12. Log off and log on to the computer to implement your changes.

Refer to Microsoft Knowledge Base article # 274696 for additional support information. The article is available at http://www.microsoft.com.

.NET Framework 2.0 Uninstall Issues

The .NET Framework uninstaller for Windows 2000 does not uninstall the 2.0 Framework completely, causing the SMARTsend installer to malfunction. You need to manually delete certain registry entries to resolve this problem.

CAUTION: Windows registry editing can pose serious risks if the changes are not implemented properly. Please perform a registry backup before proceeding.

Note: When uninstalling components, it is important that you uninstall IIS first, then .NET Framework and then SMARTsend. If you decide to reinstall SMARTsend once .NET Framework is uninstalled completely, you must reinstall IIS first and then SMARTsend, which installs .NET Framework 2.0.

To delete .NET Framework registry entries:

1) Click Start > Run.

2) In the Open box, type regedit, and then click OK to start Registry Editor.

3) In the Registry Editor, delete the following registry entry:

166 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\.NETFramework\policy\v2.0

Note: Delete the .NET Framework folder from the top of the registry (not the v2.0 folder only).

Windows 2000 Advanced Server SP4 Device Management Issues

Updating a Windows 2000 Advanced Server to SP4 causes issues with SMARTsend device management (discovery and configuration). The problem(s) are associated with known Microsoft issues where the process that runs ASP.Net is not granted appropriate permissions. These issues and the workarounds are documented in Microsoft Knowledge Base Articles 824308 , and 827559 . These articles are available at http://www.microsoft.com.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

167

Problem Solving

Frequently Asked Questions

How does an administrator control access to SMARTsend?

SMARTsend uses Windows and relies on standard Windows accounts to manage access to the

SMARTsend site. See Create Administrator, User, and Device Accounts on page 29 for more

information.

How do I configure SMARTsend to use a Sun Java System Directory LDAP Server for

Integrated Address Book Lookup?

The following string entry should be added to the Registry before configuring the SMARTsend LDAP settings:

[HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Xerox\FreeFlowDDS\Settings\Install] LdapObjectFilter =

(objectClass=person)

Note: This value is not required for other types of LDAP servers and may cause them to fail to return user records. Also, depending on server setup, a different filter string may be required.

To configure the SMARTsend LDAP settings, click on Setup E-mail and Address Book from the

Administration Home Page:

1.

At the E-mail and Address Book Setup page, enter a valid LDAP host name (e.g. v-sundir).

2.

Enter colon port number after the host name (e.g. v-sundir:389).

3.

Enter a forward slash and base (e.g. v-sundir:389/o=Test_Domain)

4.

Enter valid LDAP property mappings.

5.

Select Apply button and then select Test to verify success.

Note: Short host names may or may not work so please use the full host name (e.g. vsundir.domain.com).

Can I install SMARTsend on a domain controller?

No. SMARTsend cannot operate on a domain controller. SMARTsend should reside on its own application computer within a Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server or Windows Server 2003 domain.

Can I install SMARTsend on a computer running Xerox FlowPort?

No. SMARTsend cannot operate on a computer that runs Xerox FlowPort.

168 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

Can I install SMARTsend on a computer running CentreWare Network Scanning

Services?

No. SMARTsend should not be installed on a computer that runs Xerox CentreWare Network Scanning

Services.

Does the Template Importer import FlowPort PaperWare templates to SMARTsend workflows?

The Template Importer does not import FlowPort PaperWare templates to SMARTsend workflows. It only imports CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates into workflows.

How can I learn the SMARTsend workflow names of imported CentreWare Network

Scanning Services templates?

You can learn the workflow names of imported CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates by starting SMARTsend and accessing the Workflow Explorer. Imported templates become SMARTsend workflows, and they retain their CentreWare Network Scanning Services filenames, less the .xst extension.

Why aren’t my CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates available after running the Template Importer?

The Template Importer creates new SMARTsend workflows that are based on the imported templates.

The resulting workflows must then be published to a Xerox Multifunction Device as a Device Scan

Template.

The account under which I administer SMARTsend lacks administrative privileges on a CentreWare Network Scanning Services server. Can I use the Template

Importer to import templates from that server?

You can use the Template Importer to import CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates from any CentreWare Network Scanning Services server for which you know an administrative account name and password, which can differ from the administrative account name and password used with

SMARTsend.

If I publish a workflow to a PaperWare Cover Sheet, and send it to print on A4 paper, it does not print. Why?

An A4 PaperWare Cover Sheet will not print if the printer driver’s default Paper Source option is set to

Auto Select. Set Paper Source to a tray that contains A4 paper and try printing again. Also, bear in mind that various settings in the printer driver, such as image quality adjustments, can impact your ability to print and use PaperWare cover sheets successfully.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

169

Problem Solving

When running on a Windows XP computer, SMARTsend is unable to display all destinations on the Document Destinations page. Why?

IIS on Windows XP is configured out of the box for a maximum of 10 HTTP connections. If installing

SMARTsend on a Windows XP computer and running OCR jobs or jobs with a large page count, the number of HTTP connections may be exceeded. This may cause SMARTsend to be unable to show all destinations on the Document Destinations page. The number of HTTP connections can be increased to 40 (but not higher). To do this, find the adsutil.vbs script on the SMARTsend computer (should be in c:\inetpub\AdminScripts or similar) and run the following command: adsutil set w3svc/MaxConnections 40.

When running on a Windows Server 2003 computer with Service Pack 1,

SMARTsend is unable to display all services on the Configure Service Settings page and the corresponding destinations on the Document Destinations page. Why?

When SMARTsend is installed on a Windows Server 2003 computer with Service Pack 1 installed and the computer is configured as a standalone computer (not in a domain), DNS is not always handled fully by the network infrastructure. That is, the DHCP server does not completely register the hostname.

As a result, services may not be listed on the Configure Service Settings page and the corresponding destinations will not be available on the Destinations page. To fix this, specify a primary DNS suffix when configuring the computer name. This can be done with the following steps:

1.

At the SMARTsend computer, right click on My Computer and select Properties.

2.

Click on the Computer Name tab.

3.

Click on the Change button.

4.

Specify a Primary DNS suffix when configuring the computer name.

5.

Click OK. Exit out.

6.

Reboot the computer.

Note: The fix may not occur immediately. Give the DNS server time to replicate the information.

My organization’s network does not use a domain. How would we log in to

SMARTsend?

In this situation, all SMARTsend users must have local accounts on the SMARTsend computer. Users would log in to the SMARTsend application using the username and password for their local account.

Will SMARTsend work in an Active Directory environment?

Yes. SMARTsend does function within an Active Directory environment. On Windows 2000 and

Windows 2003 domain controller servers, Active Directory is used to create domains. SMARTsend computers may be members of these domains and users of SMARTsend may be domain users.

170 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Problem Solving

Does SMARTsend require Active Directory?

No. SMARTsend does not require Active Directory to function. SMARTsend can be installed on a

Windows 2000 Server/Advanced Server, a Windows XP Professional computer, or a Windows 2003

Server that is configured as a stand-alone server.

SMARTsend does support the lookup of e-mail addresses via LDAP for building workflows. The LDAP lookup is not specific to Active Directory. This lookup is done only at workflow creation time when a user types in a partial name and clicks "check names" during the process of creating an e-mail destination. If LDAP lookup is not available, e-mail addresses can still be typed by hand.

Does SMARTsend provide a means to enter a user name and password for querying

Active Directory?

No, but it is not necessary. When using SMARTsend to create workflows, the user is authenticated to the SMARTsend computer. That user’s network identity is used to perform any LDAP queries that may be required for selecting e-mail addresses from the address book. If the user identity has rights to the address book, the query will succeed. If the user does not have rights to the address book, they can manually enter e-mail addresses.

SMARTsend complies with the access rights defined by the LDAP system administrator. If the user does not have rights to the address book, rights will not be granted via SMARTsend.

If I publish a workflow, defined with a Job Confirmation Method of Printed, to a

Xerox Multifunction Device that has Job Based Accounting enabled, I do not receive a printed job confirmation at the device. Why?

The Job Based Accounting feature enabled in SMARTsend will allow a user to publish a workflow, defined with a Job Confirmation Method of Printed, to a Xerox Multifunction Device that has Job

Based Accounting enabled. When a user executes a scan job using the published workflow, a printed confirmation showing the success status of the scan job will be received.

When this feature is not enabled in SMARTsend, a user may still publish and use the workflow.

However, a printed confirmation will not be received at the device. This will be the case whether the job is successful or not.

To enable Job Based Accounting or Xerox Standard Accounting support on the SMARTsend computer, perform the following steps:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an administrator.

2.

From the Administration Home Page, access the General Settings page. Located under the Site

Configuration Tasks in the left panel of the window, select the Advanced Settings link.

3.

Under the JBA and XSA Support for Printed Confirmation, you will select one of the three radio buttons.

4.

To indicate that Job Based Accounting is enabled, select Xerox Devices have JBA enabled.

5.

In the JBA User ID field, enter the value to be the associated user id to use with Job Based

Accounting.

6.

In the JBA Account ID field, enter the value to be the associated account id to use with Job Based

Accounting.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

171

Problem Solving

7.

To indicate that Xerox Standard Accounting is enabled, select Xerox Devices have XSA enabled.

8.

In the XSA User ID field, enter the value to be the associated user id to use with Xerox Standard

Accounting.

9.

In the XSA Account ID field, enter the value to be the associated account id to use with Xerox

Standard Accounting.

Does SMARTsend require anonymous access to the address book?

SMARTsend does not require anonymous access to the address book. If the LDAP server being used does not support anonymous directory access, go to the Administration Home Page and click on the

Setup E-mail and Address Book link to enter credentials that can be used when accessing the LDAP server.

172 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

8

SMARTsend supplies several administrative utilities. The Template Importer imports CentreWare

Network Scanning Services templates into SMARTsend workflows. The Repair All Devices feature reconfigures all connected devices as a separate activity after the restore. The Restore Tool is a wizard that performs an in-place restoration of a database backup, while the Job History Exporter makes

SMARTsend job data available for use by other applications.

This chapter describes the operation of these utilities.

What is in this chapter:

Requirements on page 174

Template Importer on page 175

Restore Tool on page 184

Exporting Job History on page 187

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

173

SMARTsend Utilities

Requirements

The Template Importer, Restore Tool, Repair All Devices, and Job History Exporter are a part of the standard SMARTsend installation. Operational requirements are as follows:

• Administrative privileges on the SMARTsend computer.

• Access to the SMARTsend computer Desktop.

• To use the Template Importer, the following additional requirements apply:

• CentreWare Network Scanning Services template pool, version 3.x or later.

• Templates that reside in the CentreWare Network Scanning Services folder designated as the template pool location.

• If you have templates that scan to OCR and meet the supported file format and language

recognition requirements. See File Format and Language Support on page 175.

• SMARTsend Professional Edition, if importing templates that support OCR.

174 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

Template Importer

The SMARTsend Template Importer imports CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates into

SMARTsend workflows. This tool assists system administrators who are migrating from CentreWare

Network Scanning Services to SMARTsend and wish to use their existing CentreWare scanning templates with SMARTsend. The source templates remain in their original locations to allow users to retain access to their current services during the transition to SMARTsend.

The Template Importer will:

• Assist with the upgrade from CentreWare Network Scanning Services 3.x, 4.x and 5.x to

SMARTsend.

• Facilitate the conversion of existing CentreWare templates to SMARTsend workflows that perform the same functions as the templates imported from a selected CentreWare Network Scanning

Services Scan Server.

Once the import procedure is complete, the system administrator uses the device management features of SMARTsend to migrate Xerox Multifunction Devices from the CentreWare Network

Scanning Services server to the SMARTsend computer. Users can then publish the imported templates

(workflows) to the Xerox Multifunction devices as device scan templates. If you are using the

SMARTsend Professional Edition, users also have the option to publish imported templates as

PaperWare cover sheets.

See Scanning Device and Application Migration on page 19 for additional information and migration

considerations. Refer to Chapter 4 of the SMARTsend User Guide for information on publishing workflows.

Note: See Exceptions List on page 179 for the kinds of templates and template data that

are not imported.

File Format and Language Support

In the Professional Edition of SMARTsend, the Template Importer imports CentreWare Network

Scanning Services templates that support scanning to OCR. The following tables supply information on the CentreWare Network Scanning Services file formats and languages that the Template Importer supports:

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

175

SMARTsend Utilities

Supported OCR file formats

This table lists the OCR file formats that the Template Importer supports in the Professional Edition of

SMARTsend. .

• ASCII_STD

• ASCII_STD_DOS

• ASCII_STRIPPED

• ASCII_STRIPPED_DOS

• EXCEL_OFFICE_97

• HTML

• HTML 3.0

• HTML 4.0

• HTML_HOTMETAL

• HTML_NETSCAPE

• HTML_TABLE

• HTML_WYSIWYG

• PDF

• PDF_IMAGE_ONLY

• PDF_IMAGE_SUBSTITUTES

• PDF_IMAGE_TEXT

• PDF_NORMAL_HIGHLY_SUSPECT_WORDS

• PDF_NORMAL_NO_WORD_IMAGES

• PDF_NORMAL_SUSPECT_WORD_IMAGES

• POWERPOINT_97

• PUBLISHER_98

• RTF

• RTF_WORD_6_0

• RTF_WORD_97

• RTF_WORD_2000

• UNICODE

• UNICODE_LB

• UNICODE_CSV

• WORD_6_0

• WORD_PERFECT_8_9_0

• WORD_7_0

• WORD_OFFICE_97

Table 8-1: Supported OCR file formats

176 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

Supported OCR Recognition types

Templates for scanning to OCR include a field called OCR Recognition that specifies the language the

OCR software uses to "read" graphic characters during their conversion to text.

The following table lists the languages that the Template Importer supports. If the value of the OCR

Recognition field in the CentreWare Network Scanning Services template matches a language in the table, the Template Importer imports that template, assuming that none of the exceptions described

in the Exceptions List on page 179 apply.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

177

SMARTsend Utilities

• AFRIKAANS

• ALBANIAN

• AYMARA

• BASQUE

• BEMBA

• BLACKFOOT

• BRETON

• BUGOTU

• BULGARIAN

• BYELORUSSIAN

• CATALAN

• CHAMORRO

• CHECHEN

• CORSICAN

• CROATIAN

• CROW

• CZECH

• DANISH

• DUTCH

• ENGLISH

• ESKIMO

• ESPERANTO

• ESTONIAN

• FAROESE

• FIJIAN

• FINNISH

• FRENCH

• FRISIAN

• FRIULIAN

• GAELIC (IRISH)

• GAELIC (SCOTTISH)

• GANDA (LUGANDA)

• GERMAN

• GUARANI

• GREEK

• HANI

• HAWAIIAN

• HUNGARIAN

• ICELANDIC

• IDO

• INDONESIAN

• INTERLINGUA

• ITALIAN

• KABARDIAN

• KASUB

• KAWA

• KIKUYU

• KONGO

• KPELLE

• KURDISH

• LAPPISH

• LATIN

• LATVIAN

• LITHUANIAN

• LUBA

• LUXEMBOURGIAN

• MACEDONIAN

• MALAGASY

• MALAY

• MALINKE

• MALTESE

• MAORI

• MAYAN

• MIAO

• MINANKABAW

• MOHAWK

• MOLDAVIAN

• NAHUATL

• NORWEGIAN

• NYANIA

• OCCIDENTAL

• OJIBWAY

• PAPIAMENTO

• PIGINENGLISH

• POLISH

• PORTUGUESE

(BRAZILIAN)

• PORTUGUESE

(EUROPEAN)

Table 8-2: The Template Importer can import templates whose OCR Recognition fields are set to any of these languages.

• PROVENCAL

• QUECHUA

• RHAETIC

• ROMANIAN

• ROMANY

• RUANDA

• RUNDI

• RUSSIAN

• SAMOAN

• SARDINIAN

• SERBIAN

• SHONA

• SIOUX

• SLOVAK

• SLOVENIAN

• SOMALI

• SORBIAN

• SOTHO

• SPANISH

• SUNDANESE

• SWAHILI

• SWAZI

• SWEDISH

• TAGALOG

• TAHITIAN

• TINPO

• TONGAN

• TSWANA (CHUANA)

• TUN

• TURKISH

• UKRAINIAN

• VISAYAN

• WELSH

• WOLOF

• XHOSA

• ZAPOTEC

• ZULU

178 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

Exceptions List

The following list contains the types of CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates, or elements of these templates, that the Template Importer does not import:

• Templates created in CentreWare Network Scanning Services versions 2.x or earlier. Templates must be version 3.x or later.

• NetWare 3.x repositories. SMARTsend does not support scanning to NetWare 3.x repositories.

• CentreWare Network Scanning Services document attribute fields listed in the supported

templates. SMARTsend maps document attribute fields (metadata) to workflow destinations.

Mapping information is not available in CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates. Please refer to the SMARTsend User Guide for information on document attribute mapping.

Scan to Microsoft Exchange Public Folders. SMARTsend uses Microsoft Exchange 2000 Web

Folders as a destination, which is incompatible with Exchange Public Folders and destinations.

Custom or third party templates.

• Scan to DigiPath templates.

• Group templates. SMARTsend has no equivalent concept.

Print Local Copy feature. The Template Importer does not import the portions of a CentreWare

Network Scanning Services template that concern printing a copy of the scanned document on the printer from which it was scanned.

Templates that scan to a Fax Service.

• Default template. The default template for a Xerox Multifunction Device is re-created when

SMARTsend configures the device.

• Templates that contain OCR file formats and/or recognition languages that are not supported

by the SMARTsend OCR service. Table 8-1 on page -176 and Table 8-2 on page -178 include lists

of supported OCR file formats and recognition languages. Templates that OCR to other file formats and specify other recognition languages are not imported.

Note: SMARTsend imports templates that scan to user folders or to repositories on the

CentreWare Network Scanning Services server. However, if a system administrator uninstalls a Xerox Multifunction Device and deletes the corresponding CentreWare

Network Scanning Services server, the users will need to modify the SMARTsend workflows to include a valid destination. SMARTsend will not manage user folders. The system administrator must add and remove user folders from the CentreWare Network

Scanning Services scan server.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

179

SMARTsend Utilities

Importing CentreWare Templates to SMARTsend Workflows

The SMARTsend Template Importer imports CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates into

SMARTsend workflows.

To import CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates to SMARTsend

workflows:

1.

SMARTsend must be installed and configured on the application computer. See Chapters 1-3 of this guide for complete instructions.

2.

Open the Template Importer. If running Windows 2000:

Click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Template Importer.

- OR -

If running Windows Server 2003 or Windows XP Professional:

Click Start > All Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Template Importer.

3.

The SMARTsend Template Importer window appears. Click Browse for Templates.

4.

Each scan server that CentreWare Network Scanning Services manages has its own Cw_scan.ini file in the root folder that was created when CentreWare Network Scanning Services was installed.

Locate and select the appropriate Cw_scan.ini

file. Click Open. If you cannot browse to your

CentreWare scan server location, you may need to map a network drive to the CentreWare scan server before performing this step.

Note: If the cw_scan.ini files are on another server to which you do not have administrative privileges, you will be prompted to log in under an account that has administrator privileges.

5.

The Template Importer displays the number of templates (.xst files) in the CentreWare Network

Scanning Services template pool folder. Click Import Templates. The Template Importer processes the .xst files and displays the results in the Import Status panel. Files imported into workflows appear first. Files not imported appear below them in a separate list. A status message will indicate when the template pool import is complete.

6.

Click Save Results to generate a report. The report consists of a comma-delimited text file, readable by applications such as Windows word processors and Microsoft Excel, that contains the following information:

Field Name Description

Template Pool Location

CentreWare Template Name

SMARTsend (TM) Workflow Name

Conversion Status

Path to CentreWare Network Scanning Services template pool

Name (with extension) of CentreWare Network

Scanning Services template

Name of SMARTsend workflow

Value of either Success or Failed

Table 8-3: Template Importer report fields

180 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

Field Name Description

Description of Failure Explanation for Failed status

Table 8-3: Template Importer report fields

7.

Click Exit to close the Template Importer.

Note: When you import CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates into SMARTsend, the templates are not deleted or removed from the CentreWare scan server. Likewise, any

Xerox Multifunction Devices that were used with CentreWare Network Scanning Services will continue to point to the CentreWare scan server until they are reconfigured by

SMARTsend. The CentreWare scan server will remain intact after the device(s) are reconfigured with SMARTsend.

8.

Launch SMARTsend in your web browser ( http://<computername or IP address>/SMARTsend). If you logged in as a SMARTsend Administrator, click the User Site link in the upper right corner of the Administration Home Page.

9.

At the User Home Page, select View All Workflows. The imported templates appear as new workflows bearing the original template filenames, without the .xst extensions. The workflows are owned by the administrator who performed the conversion and they are classified as Public.

Note: If a duplicate workflow name exists on the SMARTsend computer, the new workflow is renamed to avoid overwrites. The first duplicate has "_1" appended to its name, the second duplicate has "_2" appended, etc.

10. Workflows can be published to a configured Xerox Multifunction Device or as a PaperWare cover sheet.

When the CentreWare Network Scanning Services templates are imported to SMARTsend workflows, the user account used to import the templates designates the owner of the newly created workflows. To use the imported workflows, the SMARTsend Administrator must log in using the same user account that was used when the templates were imported.

Tip: To verify that you have logged in as the workflow owner, locate the current SMARTsend user name in the top right corner of any SMARTsend page. Click on the workflow for which you want the owner information, then view the Details pane on the left side of the Workflow Explorer page.

The Details pane lists the Owner of the workflow. The current SMARTsend user and workflow owner must be the same in order to use the imported template/workflow.

11. As the workflow owner, the administrator must enter the credentials for each of the locations in the newly created workflows. This can be done using two methods: a.

Use the ‘Add a New Credential’ link from the user home page.

- OR b.

SMARTsend will prompt the Administrator for credentials when publishing a newly created/imported workflow.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

181

SMARTsend Utilities

12. Alternatively, users can manage their own credentials by becoming the owner of the newly created workflow. Use the following procedure after the administrator imports the CentreWare templates to SMARTsend workflows: c.

Login to the SMARTsend computer and go to the User Home Page.

d.

Click the View All Workflows… link.

e.

Select the workflow that you want to own.

f.

Click the Edit this workflow… link.

g.

Rename the workflow.

h.

Click Save As.

The user is now the workflow owner and can enter credentials for the workflow using either of the following procedures: a.

Select the ‘Add a New Credential’ link from the user home page.

- OR - b.

SMARTsend will prompt the User for credentials when publishing a newly created/imported workflow.

Consult chapters 3 and 4 of the SMARTsend User Guide for information on modifying and publishing workflows.

Reconfiguring Devices for CentreWare Network Scanning Services

If you need to reconfigure a Xerox Multifunction Device to use CentreWare Network Scanning Services after you have configured the device with SMARTsend, use the following procedure to point the device back to the CentreWare scan server.

To reconfigure a Xerox device for CentreWare Network Scanning Services:

1.

Launch the CentreWare Add Network Scanner wizard from a workstation while logged on as a user with administrator permissions. (Example: Start > Programs > Xerox > CentreWare > Add

Network Scanner)

2.

Select Enable a new Xerox system scanner for network scanning and associate it with a scan

server. Click Next.

3.

Select a method to detect the Xerox Multifunction Device you are configuring and click Next.

4.

If prompted, enter the password for the device and click OK.

5.

Select the server operating system and browse to the directory of the existing scan server. Click

Next.

6.

Enter the Xerox system login name and password and click Next.

7.

Click Next, and then Finish.

Note: The Xerox device uses the templates at the CentreWare scan server. There is no way to migrate workflows created or edited in SMARTsend back to the CentreWare scan template folder.

182 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

Consult the CentreWare Network Scanning Services Installation Guide for additional instructions.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

183

SMARTsend Utilities

Restore Tool

The SMARTsend Restore Tool works in conjunction with the SMARTsend Backup features. The backup feature copies SMARTsend registry settings, workflows, device database, account database, publications, available services, file attributes, service account credentials, and administrative settings to a backup set that is catalogued by date and time. Program files and templates are not included, although templates are reconstructed from other data when running the Restore Tool.

SMARTsend creates the following folder for backup storage:

< drive>:\Inetpub\wwwroot\SMARTsend\Data\Backup\

The backup filenames are based on the following naming convention:

FreeFlow SMARTsend_<year_month_day_hours_minutes_seconds>\<Backup_ID>.

Note: This process does not replace the routine of backing up the SMARTsend computer to an external storage device such as a tape drive. Its purpose is to record a snapshot of the

SMARTsend installation while the database is not in use. The resulting backup set should be copied to an external storage device as part of the computer’s regular backup routine.

Conditions for using the Restore Tool

The Restore Tool must operate under the following conditions:

• The computer must reside in the same domain that it did when the backup occurred.

• There must be enough hard disk capacity to accommodate both the backup set files and the resultant SMARTsend database and Windows registry entries.

• The SMARTsend backup operation does not include local user accounts. If the computer is either being rebuilt or replaced, the original user account information, especially the original SIDs, must be recovered with a standard backup or disaster recovery product for local users to retain their

SMARTsend access privileges.

• The Restore Tool stops SMARTsend and IIS services before restoring the database, and restarts them after restoration completes. SMARTsend does not accept new jobs until the services are restarted.

Using the Restore Tool

To use the Restore Tool:

1.

If your backup has been moved, return it to its original location. Backup folders reside in

< drive>:\Inetpub\wwwroot\SMARTsend\Data\Backup\

FreeFlow SMARTsend_<year_month_day_hours_minutes_seconds>\<Backup_ID>.

2.

If running Windows 2000:

Click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Restore Tool.

184 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

- OR -

If running Windows Server 2003, Windows XP Professional or Windows Vista:

Click Start > All Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Restore Tool.

3.

The Restore Tool Wizard Welcome screen appears. Click Next.

4.

A list of backup sets, called Restore Points, appears. Select the date and time that corresponds with your backup.

- OR -

If you do not see the desired backup set in the list, click Backup Directory Path and browse to the location of the backup set.

After selecting a backup set, click Next.

5.

A window that displays the selected backup path and a warning message about the acceptance of incoming jobs appears. To stop the acceptance of incoming jobs and continue with the restore, click Next.

6.

A caution window that announces the stoppage of IIS services appears. Click Next.

Note: At this point, SMARTsend communicates the number of jobs that are currently processing. Clicking Next cancels these jobs.

7.

Click Start to begin the restore.

8.

A status window reports the outcome. Click Finish to exit the wizard. IIS and SMARTsend services restart.

Note: When using the SMARTsend Restore Tool to perform a restore of a SMARTsend backup with a large number of configured devices, the Restore Tool may go into an unresponsive state. This is normal behavior and the restore process may take a long time to complete.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

185

SMARTsend Utilities

Repair All Devices Tool

The SMARTsend Repair All Devices Tool runs separately from the restore process to conveniently reconfigure the devices after the restore. An administrator can use this tool to repair all of the devices connected to SMARTsend if scan settings at the device UI were changed or template files were deleted.

There are two ways in which to repair a device: through the Xerox Manage Devices screen in the

Administration window or by selecting the Repair All Devices Tool from the Start menu - Xerox

SMARTsend - Repair All Devices. While either method allows you to reconfigure the devices, selecting the Repair All Devices Tool from the Start menu offers more options.

Using the Repair All Devices Tool

To use the Repair All Devices Tool:

1.

Select the Start menu > All Programs > Xerox >SMARTsend >Repair All Devices. The Repair All

Devices application opens.

2.

Click Start to begin the repair. For every device configured, SMARTsend checks that the device scan settings match the SMARTsend database settings. If the scan settings at the device do not match the database, SMARTsend overrides the settings on the device.

To view event logs, errors and informational messages:

From the Repair All Devices window, select File > Open Event Viewer. The Event Viewer window opens and displays the event logs.

To only repair devices that are in a need attention state:

From the Repair All Devices window, select Options > Only repair devices that require attention. A checkmark appears next to this selection. Select Start. A success and complete message display.

To only recreate the templates on the server:

From the Repair All Devices window, select Options > Only recreate server template pool. A checkmark appears next to this selection. Select Start. SMARTsend ensures that all the templates are up-to-date on the SMARTsend server.

186 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Utilities

Exporting Job History

The Job History Exporter is a tool that allows an administrator to review the system’s activities or job history. It can be run at any time and does not require special settings. The Job History Exporter converts the SMARTsend job log into a comma-delimited text file for use by analytical and reporting applications. It also provides a method of retaining job history information beyond the 90 day limit that SMARTsend imposes. Job records remain in SMARTsend after running this utility.

Note: SMARTsend checks the job history database once a day and deletes job information that is older than 90 days. If you need to retain job history data for a longer time interval, you should run the Job History Exporter at least every 90 days to save the data before it is automatically deleted by SMARTsend.

To export the job history log:

1.

If running Windows 2000:

Click Start > Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Job History Exporter.

- OR -

If running Windows Server 2003, Windows XP Professional or Windows Vista:

Click Start > All Programs > Xerox > SMARTsend > Job History Exporter.

2.

Enter a file name, including the .txt or .csv extension. The extension choice depends on the application in which this data is used.

3.

Click Export Data. The Job History Exporter sets up the history file. The default path is

< drive>:\>Documents and Settings\<account_name>\<job_history_filename>.

4.

A results window appears. Click OK.

5.

Click Exit.

The job history records consist of the following fields:

Field Name

Task_Name

Owner

Submitter

Activation_Name

Activation_Owner

Start_Time

Page Count

Input_Format

Description

SMARTsend workflow name

Workflow owner

Workflow user

Publication name

Publication owner

Date and time job was submitted to SMARTsend

The number of physical pages scanned

Format of the scanned document at the scanning device

Table 8-4: Job History Exporter report fields

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

187

SMARTsend Utilities

Field Name

Output_Format

Status

Error_Message

Access

Description

Format of the scanned document at the job’s completion, such as after conversion into a readable format using OCR.

Succeeded or Failed

Explanation for jobs whose Status is Failed

Workflow access level (public/private)

Table 8-4: Job History Exporter report fields

188 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Security

9

This chapter summarizes the concepts and tools underlying the security capabilities of SMARTsend.

These capabilities leverage the Microsoft Windows security model, the authentication capabilities of scanning devices, and the security provisions of workflow destinations. SMARTsend must accommodate the variations in security features within these components, as well as the capabilities of Internet Fax devices, to provide network scanning capabilities to its users.

What is in this chapter:

Security Overview on page 190

HTTPS/SSL Certificates on page 191

Site Security Policies on page 193

Workflow Access Level Control on page 196

Security Policy Interactions on page 197

SMARTsend Authentication on page 200

Credentials on page 202

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

189

SMARTsend Security

Security Overview

There are several security-related issues to consider when installing, configuring, and using

SMARTsend. The key elements of site security include:

• HTTPS/SSL Certificates

• Site Security Policies

• Security Policy Interactions

• SMARTsend Authentication

The configuration of these elements dictates how SMARTsend protects data transmission on the

SMARTsend computer, restricts unauthorized access to distribution destinations, and maintains user privacy. These security elements should be reviewed and applied, as needed, to meet the specific security requirements of each organization or workgroup.

190 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Security

HTTPS/SSL Certificates

SMARTsend provides options to configure the web site for secure password entry and secure data transmission. These options are based on the HTTPS and SSL (Secure Socket Layer) protocols provided by the Windows operating system.

HTTPS/SSL provides the following:

• Confidentiality—Encrypted information is exchanged between clients and servers over a secure connection.

• Integrity—The integrity of message content exchanged between client and server is verified.

HTTPS requires the usage of Secure Server Certificates (SSL certificates). For instructions on how to obtain and install an SSL certificate for the SMARTsend computer, refer to

Obtain and Install a Security

Certificate

on page 32 of Chapter 2, Prepare for Installation .

SMARTsend makes the use of security certificates optional to accommodate installations where other security measures are employed or where security is not a concern. When a security certificate is installed on the SMARTsend computer, it will provide secure password entry when users access

SMARTsend. Furthermore, if the Require Secure Channel (SSL) option and the security certificate are properly configured on the SMARTsend computer, all data transfer between SMARTsend users and devices will be encrypted.

For more information, visit Microsoft on the web at: http://www.microsoft.com/technet/security/topics/identity/default.mspx

Secure Password Entry

When the secure password entry option is configured in SMARTsend, the HTTPS transmission protocol is used to transmit user credentials and passwords securely across the network. When this option is not

selected, passwords are sent in clear text across the network and are vulnerable to security issues. See

General Site Security on page 193 for additional information.

Secure Web Site Configuration

The SMARTsend computer can also be configured to require the use of SSL for all communication and data transfer. This involves manual configuration of the IIS (Internet Information Services) Directory

Security properties using Microsoft Management Console. This is performed on the computer after

SMARTsend and an SSL Certificate have been installed.

Note: Certificates establish identity and trusts for the secure exchange of information.

Certificate authorities can issue certificates to users, devices and services. SMARTsend will not be able to function properly under SSL if the Host Name on the certificate does not match the fully qualified computer name, or if the certificate has expired.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

191

SMARTsend Security

Configuring the SMARTsend Computer to Require HTTPS/SSL

To configure the SMARTsend computer to require HTTPS/SSL:

1.

Log in to the SMARTsend computer as an administrator.

2.

Open the Internet Information Services Manager (Start > Programs > Administrative Tools >

Internet Services Manager) and expand IIS in the tree view.

3.

Right-click the SMARTsend web site and select Properties.

4.

Select the Directory Security tab and select the Edit... button in the Secure Communications section.

5.

Select the option for Require secure channel (SSL).

6.

Click OK to exit all screens.

7.

Close the IIS management console window.

8.

Restart the FreeFlow SMARTsend Coordinator service or reboot the computer to activate the changes.

192 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Security

Site Security Policies

SMARTSend has site security policies that govern secure connection usage, scan time security,

PaperWare form security, and workflow access. Each of these policies and their respective interactions will be described in detail in the following sections.

General Site Security

Click the Review Security Settings link on the

Administration Home Page

to access the General Site

Security policy. It is under the Security heading on the General Settings page.

The General Site Security Policy controls whether or not secure connections will be used when entering passwords from the SMARTsend web application. There are two SMARTsend options for General Site

Security Policy:

• Enter passwords using a secure connection

• Enter passwords over a non-secure connection

The default and recommended setting is Enter passwords using a secure connection.

Enter Passwords Using a Secure Connection

The secure password entry policy requires installation of a Secure Server Certificate on the SMARTsend computer. This is the recommended configuration. If a certificate is not available, you must install one on the SMARTsend computer when this option is selected. For instructions on how to obtain and install

an SSL certificate for the SMARTsend computer, see Obtain and Install a Security Certificate on page

-32.

This setting ensures privacy by using HTTPS to transfer data from any application pages that prompt for user passwords.

Enter Passwords Over a Non-secure Connection

This policy is not recommended because passwords will be transmitted in clear text over your network.

This leaves passwords vulnerable to a network sniffer. A server certificate is not required with this configuration.

Troubleshooting

• If the Enter passwords using a secure connection policy is selected and a security certificate is not installed on the SMARTsend computer, the user will receive a ‘Page Not Found’ error whenever a page that requires password entry is launched. When this situation occurs, the administrator will receive a warning on the administration home page to indicate that a certificate is required but missing. To correct the problem, a certificate must be installed on the SMARTsend computer or the

Enter passwords over a non-secure connection policy should be selected. It is recommended that the certificate be installed in this situation. Until the situation is rectified, device configuration will fail, managing the SMARTsend application account will fail, users will be unable to create

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

193

SMARTsend Security workflows with destinations that require credentials and users will be unable to manage existing credentials.

• If the Enter passwords using a secure connection policy is chosen and the security certificate has expired, users will receive a warning each time a page that requires password entry is launched.

They must choose to ignore the warning or the password entry pages will not launch. In this scenario, it is recommended that the administrator update the security certificate on the

SMARTsend computer.

• In some cases, when the Enter passwords using a secure connection policy is chosen, users will be prompted to re-enter their SMARTsend computer credentials before an HTTPS page (used for password entry) is launched. When this scenario arises, users must enter the same credentials that they used to log in to SMARTsend. Otherwise, the HTTPS pages will not launch. If the user mistakenly enters different user credentials, they may need to clear their browser cache before attempting to launch the HTTPS page again.

Device Scan Template Security

This policy determines whether user-specific authentication is required to submit a scan job. There are two SMARTsend options for the Device Scan Template Security Policy, Require authentication at the device for all templates, and Require authentication at the device for private templates only.

Require Authentication at the Device For All Templates

When Require authentication at the device for all templates is selected, all device scan templates will require authentication before scanning can occur. This is the highest device scan template security setting. This option limits the user to Xerox Multifunction Devices that support authentication. Note that if a user attempts to scan over Internet Fax, scanning may not work. Please refer to the Security

Policy Interactions section below for details.

Require Authentication at the Device For Private Templates Only

The Require authentication at the device for private templates only option is the default. When this option is selected, only private workflows will require authentication at the device before a scan job is executed by SMARTsend.

For user authentication at a Xerox Multifunction Device to occur, the device must support authentication features and be configured to use them. The device must be configured to authenticate against the same Windows domain or trusted domain as the SMARTsend computer. When authentication is enabled and properly configured, users will be required to enter a domain user name and password at the device before processing a workflow publication.

To determine if your devices support authentication, consult the documentation associated with your

Xerox Multifunction Devices.

PaperWare Forms

Professional Edition feature

194 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Security

A cover sheet is a type of PaperWare form. This policy determines whether a PaperWare cover sheet is considered a valid form of user authentication. There are two options for the PaperWare Form Security

Policy, Allow authentication with PaperWare forms only, and Require PaperWare form and login at the device for authentication.

Allow authentication with PaperWare forms only

This is the default PaperWare Form Security Policy. Each PaperWare cover sheet has an owner specified in the top left corner of the cover sheet header. The owner is the SMARTsend user who created the

PaperWare cover sheet by publishing the workflow. Using this option, the cover sheet owner’s credentials will be used to authenticate the scan job submitter. With this policy set, private workflows can be published as PaperWare cover sheets and the owner specified in the cover sheet will be used to authenticate the scan job submitter. This allows for the use of private templates in environments that do not have Xerox Multifunction Devices with authentication enabled.

Note that if a user scans from a Xerox Multifunction Device that has authentication enabled, they will still be prompted to authenticate at the device. The credentials entered at the device will be used in place of the credentials on the cover sheet.

Require PaperWare form and login at the device for authentication

This policy option does not allow the owner specified on the PaperWare cover sheet to be used to authenticate the scan job submitter. This is the highest PaperWare Form Security Policy setting. If this policy option is selected, private workflows published as PaperWare cover sheets will require authentication at a Xerox Multifunction Device in order to identify the scan job submitter. Cover sheets created from private workflows will not work when scanning over Internet Fax, because the user will not be given the opportunity to authenticate. Refer to the Security Policy Interactions section below for details.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

195

SMARTsend Security

Workflow Access Level Control

Workflows have two possible access levels, public and private. Public workflows are accessible by all users on the SMARTsend computer using the View All Workflows link on the user home page. Each user may edit or publish any public workflow on the SMARTsend computer. The workflow owner is the individual who created the workflow. Only the workflow owner may overwrite a public workflow. All other users may edit a public workflow, but will be required to save their changes as a new workflow.

Private workflows are accessible only by the owner of the workflow. They may only be viewed, published, and scanned by the workflow owner. For this reason, private workflows should only be published to Xerox Multifunction Devices that support authentication. They may also be published as

PaperWare cover sheets and used on all devices depending on the Device Scan Template Security

and

PaperWare Forms

Security Policy setting. Private workflows are recommended for when the user wants to control who can scan to their destinations. If someone other than the workflow owner attempts to scan using a private workflow, the job will fail.

The default workflow access may be set from the Review Workflow Defaults link on the

Administration

Home Page .

196 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Security

Security Policy Interactions

Please set up your security policies based on the goals presented in the table below. The interactions between the policies are detailed in the table as well in the scenarios that follow. Each scenario contains recommendations for policy setup.

Goal

Template Security

Policy

PaperWare

Forms Policy**

Notes

1 I only want users to have to login when absolutely necessary.

2 I want to use non-Xerox equipment or Xerox

Multifunction Devices that do not support network authentication.

3 I want users to have to login at a Xerox

Multifunction device to execute all private workflows.

4 I want users to have to login at a Xerox

Multifunction device to execute all workflows

Require authentication at the device for private templates only.*

Allow authentication with

PaperWare forms only.

Require authentication at the device for private templates only.

Allow authentication with

PaperWare forms only

Require authentication at the device for private templates only.

Require authentication at the device for all templates.

Require PaperWare form and login at the device for authentication

Require PaperWare form and login at the device for authentication

Private workflows can only be published as

PaperWare forms.

Private workflows only available from Xerox

Devices that support network authentication.

All workflows unavailable from non-Xerox equipment or Xerox devices that do not support network authentication.

Table 9-1: Security Goals and Policies

* If a device has authentication enabled, it will require authentication regardless of the SMARTsend security policy.

**Professional Edition feature.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

197

SMARTsend Security

Scenarios

Small Office

This configuration is appropriate for a small office environment where are all network resources are located at the same physical location and the same logical TCP/IP subnet. The local network is assumed to be trusted or the sensitivity of the documents being scanned is low. There are a small number of trusted users in this scenario, so there is no need to create private workflows.

See item 2 in Security Policy Interactions on page 197.

Recommendations:

General Site Security: Using HTTPS to protect password entry is not required in this environment. Set the policy to ‘Enter passwords over a non-secure connection’ to avoid the overhead associated with certificate management.

Device Scan Template Security: Network authentication is not necessary or available in this scenario.

Set the policy to ‘Require authentication at the device for private templates only.’

PaperWare Forms (Professional Edition feature): A small office will often contain Internet Fax devices in addition to or instead of a Xerox Multifunction Device. Set the policy to ‘Allow authentication with

PaperWare forms only’ to allow the use of Internet Fax devices.

Secure Private Workflows

This configuration is appropriate for a medium sized office environment that is part of a corporate intranet. In this scenario, some public workflows are available scanning tasks that can be scanned either via PaperWare forms or from a Xerox Multifunction Device without network authentication.

However, there is also a need to define a set of private workflows with stronger security requirements.

These private workflows should only be scanned from a Xerox Multifunction Device that supports network authentication.

See item 3 in Security Policy Interactions on page 197.

Recommendations:

General Site Security: HTTPS for protecting password entry is required in this environment. Set the policy to ‘Enter passwords using a secure connection (recommended, requires a security certificate)’ to ensure that HTTPS is used.

Device Scan Template Security: Set the policy to ‘Require authentication at the device for private templates only’ to only require network authentication for private workflows.

PaperWare Forms: Possession of the PaperWare form is not a strict enough authentication requirement in this scenario. Set the policy to ‘Require PaperWare form and login at the device for authentication’ to require that all users must successfully authenticate at a Xerox Multifunction Device to execute private workflows.

198 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Security

Secure Workgroup

This configuration is appropriate for a medium sized office environment that is part of a corporate intranet. All network resources are members of a Windows domain are configured to require domain credentials for access. Network policies require strict auditing of network access, so Xerox Multifunction

Devices configured for network authentication are used exclusively for scanning.

See item 4 in Security Policy Interactions on page 197.

Recommendations:

General Site Security: HTTPS for protecting password entry is required in this environment. Set the policy to ‘Enter passwords using a secure connection (recommended, requires a security certificate)’ to ensure that HTTPS is used.

Device Scan Template Security: Set the policy to ‘Require authentication at the device for all templates’ to ensure that all users must successfully authenticate at a Xerox Multifunction Device to scan. This setting will also ensure that the submitter is always tracked in the job history log for auditing purposes.

PaperWare Forms: Possession of the PaperWare form is not a strict enough authentication requirement in this scenario. Set the policy to ‘Require PaperWare form and login at the device for authentication’ to require that all users must successfully authenticate at a Xerox Multifunction Device to scan.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

199

SMARTsend Security

SMARTsend Authentication

SMARTsend uses various authentication mechanisms to allow access to the application and to ensure that information and options are only available to the appropriate individuals.

Accessing SMARTsend

SMARTsend administrators and users are required to be authenticated with a valid Windows account to obtain access to the SMARTsend web application. Users must use their SMARTsend computer credentials to access the SMARTsend web site. Administration and user roles on the SMARTsend computer dictate roles on the SMARTsend web site. Access to the SMARTsend administration site will only be granted to accounts with administrative privileges on the SMARTsend computer.

If the SMARTsend computer is a member of a Windows domain, then Windows will automatically grant access to the SMARTsend web site to users who are members of the same domain. If the

SMARTsend computer is not a domain member, accounts can be added individually using the Windows account creation tools in the Microsoft Management Console. Similarly, administrative rights can be granted using the same tools.

SMARTsend Application Account

The SMARTsend application performs server side processing when users scan with a published

SMARTsend workflow. This processing will execute under a special low privilege identity called the

SMARTsend Application Account. The Application Account will be automatically created when

SMARTsend is installed and will result in a local Windows user account named FF_SMARTSEND_USER.

The password for the Application Account is also automatically generated with a 16 character randomly generated password that exceeds the default complexity requirements in all versions of

Microsoft Windows. The name of the Application Account cannot be changed.

Setting the Password for the Application Account

If your organization has extremely strict password requirements and the automatically generated password does not meet them or your organization policy requires that Administrators specify the passwords for all system accounts, the password for the FF_SMARTSEND_USER account can be manually changed.

Note: In order for SMARTsend to function properly, if the password for the

FF_SMARTSEND_USER is changed by the Administrator, the new password must be created such that it complies with the effective security policy for the operating system being used.

To set the password for the Application Account:

CAUTION: Do not delete the SMARTsend Application Account (FF_SMARTSEND_USER) from the

Microsoft Management Console (MMC). If the account is deleted, the computer must be rebooted to

200 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

SMARTsend Security re-establish the SMARTsend Application Account. All credentials on the SMARTsend web site will become invalid when the SMARTsend Application Account is deleted. Each user must go to Manage My

Credentials from the user home page and re-enter all of their passwords. All jobs will fail until the computer has been restarted and the credentials have been re-entered.

1.

Go to the Microsoft Management Console on the SMARTsend computer and update the password for the FF_SMARTSEND_USER account.

2.

From the Administration Home Page, choose Manage Application Account.

3.

Type the new password in the Manage Application Account Credentials dialog. It must match the one you entered in step 1.

Note: If the credentials for FF_SMARTSEND_USER are modified at the MMC, then the administrator must also update them at the SMARTsend computer using the Manage

Application Account link on the Administration Home Page. All scan jobs will fail until this resynchronization occurs.

SMARTsend Device Accounts

Xerox Multifunction Devices require a valid Windows account on the SMARTsend computer for authentication. The account enables each device to communicate with the SMARTsend computer, as

needed, to exchange template information and other configuration data. See Manage Device

Accounts on page 78 for additional information.

CAUTION: The SMARTsend device account should be a separate user account that is used exclusively for the Xerox Multifunction Devices that will be used with SMARTsend. Due to security issues, this account should not be a member of any group, and it should not be an administrator account. The

Secure Password Entry features within SMARTsend encrypt password transmissions between clients and the SMARTsend computer. However, SMARTsend device account credentials may be transmitted between the SMARTsend computer and the devices using SNMP and clear text.

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

201

SMARTsend Security

Credentials

Credentials provide proof of identification which is used to acquire access to an application or service.

For example, user name and password are often used for proof of identification. SMARTsend credentials are required for browsing and scanning to all supported destinations or search locations:

Users will be prompted to enter credentials at workflow creation time and workflow publication time if they are needed. The workflow owner’s credentials are always used for filing to destinations. If a credential is removed from SMARTsend or becomes invalid because it is out of sync with the user name and password at the destination, scan job submission will fail. SMARTsend will attempt to detect this from the web site and prompt users accordingly. When credentials are missing or invalid, the workflow owner must update or re-enter them from the My Credentials link in the user home page.

The My Credentials panel on the User Home Page provides links for adding and managing individual user credentials.

• Add a New Credential is used to quickly create a new credential.

• Manage My Credentials is used to add, edit, or delete credentials.

Note: If user credentials change or expire within any account, the workflow owner will need to update the corresponding SMARTsend credentials using the Manage My Credentials option.

202 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Index

Symbols

%DOMAIN%, 145

%EMAIL%, 145

%HOME%, 145

%USERNAME%, 145

_MyHome, 151

A

Access the Administration Home Page, 66

Accessing SMARTsend, 66

Accounts, 200

Active Directory, 130

Add/Update Xerox devices, 71, 118

Adding and Discovering Devices, 72

Adobe Acrobat Reader, 37

ASP.NET, 29

Authentication

Access, 200

device, 98

Scenarios, 198

authentication, 122

Available Users list, 126, 131

Available Users panel, 125

B

Backup

immediate, 91 scheduled, 91

Backup Status, 119

Browser configuration, 37

C

Client configuration, 37

Common Issues, 158

Configuration

E-mail Signature, 88

LDAP Server, 88

SMTP Server, 87

Configuration Requirements for Optional

Components, 56

Configure Discovery Settings, 73

Configure Discovery Settings - Subnets, 79

Configure PaperWare Form Forwarding

Settings, 104

Configure the SMARTsend Computer, 21

Configuring Device Properties, 84

Configuring Xerox devices, 71

Create User Folders, 137

CSV file, 122

Customer Support, 15

D

Data Transfer Protocol, 80

Data Transfer Protocols, 41

Default Template Configuration, 42

Delete all workflows not used or published since, 116

Delete all workflows owned by, 116

Deleting Devices, 77

Destination Support

Versions, 93

Device

Manage Accounts, 117

Device Configuration

Default Repository Settings, 19

device job log, 152

device scan template, 151

Device Scan Template Security, 194

Device Tasks, 117

directory service mappings, 122

Discover Now, 72

document attribute field, 122

document attribute profile, 153

Document attributes

configuring, 101

Document Name, 147, 153

Document Type Properties, 103

Documentation, 13, 15

Help, 13

Quick Reference cards, 13

readme.txt, 14

SMARTsend Installation and Administration

Guide, 13

Documentum Configuration Requirements, 56

DocuShare access via http proxy servers, 165

E

e-mail address, 122

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

203

Index

E-mail Signature Configuration, 88

Enable ASP.NET, 29

Enable Job Log Export Support, 96

Enter Source Information dialog, 126

Error handling

configuring, 99

Exceptions list

Template Importer, 179

F

FAQs, 168

File formats supported

Template Importer, 175

Forwarding Protocol, 105

Frequently Asked Questions, 168

FTP, 81, 142

configuring in IIS, 26

FTP site, 122

Fully qualified domain name, 144

G

General Site Security, 69, 193

Get Users, 127

H

Hide selected users from the Available Users list, 134

home scan destination, 122

HTTP, 81

HTTP/SSL Certificates, 191

HTTPS, 81

Hummingbird Configuration Requirements, 57

I

Import Users, 140

Installation and Administration Guide, 13

Installation Considerations, 20

Installation Procedures, 53

Installer Overview, 50

Installer Tasks, 50

Installing and Configuring Optional

Components, 56

Internet Explorer, 37

Internet Information Services (IIS), 26

Internet Information Services (IIS) requirements, 21

Internet Support, 15

204 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Interwoven WorkSite Configuration

Requirements, 59

J

Job Confirmation Page, 157

Job Log, 148

L

Language support

Template Importer, 175

LDAP Authentication, 88

LDAP directory service, 126

LDAP Mappings, 130

LDAP Property Mappings, 89, 144

LDAP Server, 88, 129

LDAP Server Configuration, 88

list of users, 122

LiveLink Configuration Requirements, 59

M

Manage Device Accounts, 117

Manage Master Filing Credentials, 146

Manage Scan to Home Users, 144

Manage Scan to Home Workflow and

Publications, 144

Manage Users, 141, 144, 148, 152

Manage Workflows, 151

Manage Workflows and Publications, 113

Managing Xerox Devices, 117

Manually Configure This Device, 83

Mappings button, 127, 130

Master Filing Credentials, 142

metadata, 122

Microsoft Active Directory, 129

Microsoft Active Directory Server, 126

Microsoft Active Directory server, 126

Migrating SMARTsend to a Replacement

Computer, 62

Mozilla, 37

My E-Mail workflow

publishing, 90

N

Network Configuration and Logistics, 20

Network Folder, 142

network folder, 122

No Document Profile, 152

O

OCR, 137

P

PaperWare Forms Security, 194

PaperWare Internet Fax Settings, 86

Popup blocking software, 37

Product Overview, 12

Proxy Server Settings, 37

Proxy server support for DocuShare, 165

Publication defaults

configuring, 101

Publication Name, 147

Publish My E-mail Workflow, 90

Publish Templates, 146

Publish Workflow, 147

Q

Quick Reference cards, 13

R

Readme.txt, 14

Refresh template list, 148

Repair a SMARTsend Installation, 63

Repair This Device Configuration, 118

Replacement Computer - Migration

Instructions, 62

Requirements

SMARTsend utilities, 174

Template Importer, 175

Review Security Settings, 69

S

Scan Destinations, 145

Scan Output Type, 137

Scan to Home, 121

Scan to Home Application, 140

Scan to Home Tasks, 144

Scan to Home Utility, 122, 125, 126, 127

installation, 123

uninstalling, 124

Secure Password Entry, 191

Secure Web Site Configuration, 191

Security

device authentication, 98

device scan template, 69

Index

Device Scan Templates, 194

PaperWare Forms, 194

PaperWare forms, 70

Security Overview, 190

Security Policy Interactions, 197

Selected Users List, 131

Clearing, 133

Selected Users list, 126, 131, 133, 137

Serial Number, 15

Services

configuring, 93

Settings, General, 99

Show Users, 127

Show Users button, 131

Site Configuration, 65

Site Management, 111

Site Management Overview, 112

Site Security - general, 69

Site Security Policies, 193

SMARTsend

accessing, 66

common issues, 158

Frequently Asked Questions, 168

uninstalling, 64

SMARTsend Authentication, 200

SMARTsend Configuration, 88

Add/Update Xerox devices, 71

administrator contact information, 99

backup, 91

device scan template security, 69

document type, 101

error handling, 99

immediate backup, 91

My E-mail workflow, 90

PaperWare forms security, 70

PaperWare Internet Fax, 86

publication defaults, 101

scheduled backup, 91

service settings, 93

SMTP server, 87

workflow defaults, 99

SMARTsend Configuration Requirements, 21

SMARTsend Documentation, 13

Help, 13

Installation and Administration Guide, 13

Quick Reference cards, 13

readme.txt, 14

SMARTsend features, 10

SMARTsend Installation and Administration

Guide, 13

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

205

Index

SMARTsend Overview, 12

SMARTsend proxy server support for

DocuShare, 165

SMARTsend Security, 189

SMARTsend Serial Number, 15

SMARTsend User Guide, 13

SMARTsend Utilities

requirements, 174

SMB, 81

SMTP Server Configuration, 87

SNMP Community Names, 82

SNMP v2c Defaults, 82

SNMP v3 Defaults, 82

Sorting and Viewing Workflows, 113

Subnets, 73

System Error Logs, 157

T

Telephone Support, 15

Template Importer

exceptions list, 179

file format and language support, 175 requirements, 175

using, 180

Template list, refresh, 148

Template Name, 152

Template Pool Settings, 19

Troubleshooting, 156

U

Uninstalling SMARTsend, 64

Upgrade Eligibility, 51

Upgrade SMARTsend, 51

User Authentication Settings, 38

User Properties dialog, 133

User Workflow Defaults, 144

Users will be identified by device authentication, 147

Users will be identified by document attribute field, 147

V

Versions Eligible for Upgrade, 51

View All Publications, 151

View All Workflows, 151

View Publications, 151

View Xerox Devices, 117

W

What’s Included in This Release, 10

Windows Authentication Methods

Configuration, 27

Windows NT Domain, 125

Windows NT Domain Source, 130

Workflow Access Level Control, 196

Workflow defaults

configuring, 99

Workflow Details, 115

Workflow Views, 115

Workflow/Publication Management Tasks, 113

X

Xerox Customer Support, 15

Xerox Internet Support, 15

Xerox Telephone Support, 15

206 SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

Index

SMARTsend

Installation and Administration Guide

207

advertisement

Related manuals

Download PDF

advertisement

Table of contents